You are on page 1of 173

Nokia Siemens Networks BSC and TCSM

Rel. S14, Release Documentation

BSC/TCSM HW implementation
for combined installation
(ANSI/ETSI)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

1 (173)

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the
product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for
the use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under
which the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or
transmitted in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens
Networks. The documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly
trained personnel, and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens
Networks welcomes customer comments as part of the process of continuous development
and improvement of the documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,
or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given as is and all
liability arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined
conclusively and finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the
customer. However, Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that
the instructions contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and
omissions. Nokia Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks,
explain issues which may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO
EVENT WILL NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS
DOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES,
SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE
USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR THE INFORMATION IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and
other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark
of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective
owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved.

2 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Contents

Contents

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Purpose ...................................................................................................9

Scope of applications ..........................................................................14

3
3.1
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3

Using the document.............................................................................16


General info............................................................................................16
Upgrade macro ......................................................................................17
Structure.................................................................................................17
Communication ......................................................................................18
Log files ..................................................................................................18

Introduction ..........................................................................................21

5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
5.5.3
5.5.4
5.5.5
5.5.6

Pre-requirements..................................................................................23
Pre-requirements & Actions needed prior upgrade ................................23
Restrictions ............................................................................................23
Needed documentation ..........................................................................24
Needed equipment .................................................................................24
HIT and upgrade macros........................................................................25
System requirements for HIT .................................................................25
Installing HIT ..........................................................................................25
Installing HIT upgrading macros.............................................................25
HIT settings ............................................................................................26
Connection settings................................................................................27
Starting the HIT application / macro execution.......................................37

Fallback copying of the current package...........................................45

BSC configuration printout (pre-check).............................................46

8
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
8.1.5
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4

Pre-actions before actual upgrade .....................................................47


Change the standalone TCSM3i to be combined TCSM3i.....................47
Remove following intracabinet cables from TCSA cabinet.....................47
Remove CLOC-B cartridge and install CLAC-B cartridge ......................50
Remove cartridge identification terminators from the cartridges ............52
Cable and marking changes to TCSA cabinet .......................................53
Cabinet location stickers and marking strips ..........................................56
Activate the PRFILE parameter in BSC .................................................58
Remove existing PCMs 1280 1327 and 880 895 ............................58
BCSU-6 removal related to Flexi BSC ...................................................59
Move the traffic from BCSU-6 ................................................................60
Release resources from one BCSU .......................................................60
Remove the BCSU-6 from HW database...............................................60
Remove the BCSU-6..............................................................................61

Nokia Siemens Networks

3 (173)

Contents

9
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
9.2.8
9.2.9
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
9.3.6
9.3.7
9.3.8
9.3.9
9.3.10
9.3.11
9.3.12
9.4
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.4.3
9.4.4
9.4.5

4 (173)

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation


with power ON ..................................................................................... 66
Put power on to TCSA rack ................................................................... 66
Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-0,
SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 .............................................................. 66
Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SP-EX
state....................................................................................................... 66
Force WO-EX CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to be active by
pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU .................... 67
Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SE-NH
state from the BSCC before installing the cables .................................. 67
Move or add cartridge existing identification terminators from
the BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet........................................ 67
Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables............................................. 68
Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 03 ................ 69
Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-0, SBUS-0 and
CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 ............................................................................. 69
Release the CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 Forced control button
by pressing it. ........................................................................................ 70
Change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to WO-EX ................... 70
Install SBUS and timing bus cables and terminators for CLS-1,
SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 .............................................................. 70
Force WO-EX CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to be active by
pressing its Forced control button in front panel from PIU .................... 70
Change the CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to SE-NH
state from the BSCC and BSCD before installing the cable.................. 71
Move cartridge existing identification terminators from the
BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet.............................................. 71
Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables............................................. 71
Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 04 ................ 72
Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-1, SBUS-1,
CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 ............................................................................. 73
Release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced control button
by pressing it. ........................................................................................ 74
Create the CLAC unit (WTC, WTU, WTP)............................................. 74
Create the TCSM3i cabinet (WTJ) ........................................................ 75
Create the FAN trays (WTC) ................................................................. 75
Create the SBUS unit ............................................................................ 75
Change CLAB unit state to WO-EX and SP-EX and run
diagnostic (USC, UDU).......................................................................... 76
Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 plug-in units, Hotlinks cables and
check SW256B strappings in MCMU-0 ................................................ 78
Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to SE-NH (USC) ..................... 78
Switch OFF the power from MCMU-0 ................................................... 79
Block alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK............. 79
Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 cards to GTIC-2 and GTIC-3
cartridge and check the strappings....................................................... 79
Install cables.......................................................................................... 80

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Contents

9.4.6
9.4.7
9.4.8
9.4.9
9.5
9.5.1
9.5.2
9.5.3
9.5.4
9.5.5
9.5.6
9.5.7
9.5.8
9.6
9.6.1
9.6.2
9.6.3
9.6.4
9.6.5
9.6.6
9.6.7
9.6.8
9.6.9
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.10.1
9.10.2
9.10.3
9.11
9.11.1

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Switch ON the power from MCMU-0 ......................................................83


Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP)..................................................83
Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-2 cartridge (WTU,
WTP, WUC)............................................................................................84
Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to WO-EX (USC).....................85
Install Hotlinks cables and check SW256B strappings in
MCMU-1 .................................................................................................87
Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SE-NH (USC)......................87
Switch OFF the power from MCMU-1. ...................................................87
Change SW256B card strapping............................................................87
Install cables ..........................................................................................87
Switch ON the power from MCMU-1. .....................................................90
Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP)..................................................90
Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-3 cartridge (WTU,
WTP, WUC)............................................................................................90
Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SP-EX (USC) ......................92
Equipping ET units into STMUs in ANSI and ETSI
environments..........................................................................................93
ANSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,
WUC). ....................................................................................................93
ETSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,
WUC) .....................................................................................................94
Create protection groups to STMUs ......................................................96
Change STMUs state, run diagnostic and update SW if
necessary (USC, WDI, WDR, UDU).......................................................96
Unblock alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING
NETWORK .............................................................................................98
Run diagnostic to MCMUs (ABU, USC, UDU).......................................98
Install TR3E/TR3T plug in units to the TCSA cabinet ............................99
Create the TCSM3i cartridges (WTC) ..................................................101
Create TCSM units (WTU, WTP) .........................................................101
Copy the HW equipment database information to the disk
(DBC) ...................................................................................................103
Synchronization cables (OPTIONAL)...................................................103
Create the transcoder configuration. ....................................................105
Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM
configuration in ANSI environment.......................................................107
Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER
BSC (WTU, WTP) for ANSI..................................................................107
Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER
BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ANSI .......................................108
Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to
REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ANSI..............................110
Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined BSC/TCSM
configuration in ETSI environment .......................................................112
Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER
BSC (WTU, WTP) for ETSI ..................................................................112

Nokia Siemens Networks

5 (173)

Contents

9.11.2

9.12
9.13
9.14

Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER


BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI....................................... 112
Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to
REMOTE BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ETSI ............................. 113
Creating the MTP ................................................................................ 114
Creating the SCCP .............................................................................. 118
Creating the speech channels ............................................................. 120

10
10.1
10.2

Actions after upgrade & Post conditions........................................ 122


BSC configuration printout (post-check).............................................. 122
Fallback copying of the current package ............................................. 122

11
11.1
11.1.1
11.1.2
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.4
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
11.4.5
11.4.6
11.4.7
11.5
11.5.1
11.5.2
11.5.3
11.5.4
11.5.5
11.5.6
11.6
11.7
11.8

Appendix ............................................................................................ 123


CLAB_S jumper settings ..................................................................... 123
Standard settings (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12) .................... 123
Interchangeability code settings (W13) ............................................... 124
CLAB_U jumper settings ..................................................................... 125
Standard settings (W51, W66, W70, W74, W75, W82, W86) ............. 126
Interchangeability code settings (W73) ............................................... 126
ETS2 jumper settings .......................................................................... 128
Jumper W3 settings............................................................................. 128
Interchangeability settings SW1 .......................................................... 129
Unit configuration settings ................................................................... 129
SBMUX-A jumper settings................................................................... 130
SBMUX-A jumper settings in combined BSC/TCSM installation......... 130
PCM mode settings (SW1) .................................................................. 131
Interchangeability code settings (SW2) ............................................... 131
Serial Broadband 1 Interface settings (SW3) ...................................... 132
Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4) ................................................ 133
Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5) ................................................ 133
Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6).................................. 133
SW256B jumper settings ..................................................................... 134
PCM mode settings (SW1) .................................................................. 134
Interchangeability code settings (SW2) ............................................... 136
Serial Broadband SB1 settings (SW3) ................................................ 137
Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4) ................................................ 138
Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5) ................................................ 141
Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6).................................. 142
TR3E jumper settings .......................................................................... 145
TR3T jumper setting ............................................................................ 146
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi
BSC (ANSI) ......................................................................................... 148
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC
(ANSI).................................................................................................. 154
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi
BSC (ETSI).......................................................................................... 160
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC
(ETSI) .................................................................................................. 167

9.11.3

11.9
11.10
11.11

6 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Contents

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

7 (173)

Summary of changes

Summary of changes

8 (173)

1.0-0

1st Approved version

1.1-0

CLAB-U plug-in units information added. Chapter 9.11.2


updated (Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to
MASTER BSC TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI).

1.2-0

Macro chapters updated (2.3.2 and 5.5)

1.3-0

Procedure name updated (BSC/TCSM -> BSC/TCSM). HIT


macro chapter 5.5 updated. TR3T jumper settings information
added. Appendixes 11.8 11.11 added. Chapter 9.2.4 and
9.3.3 updated. Minor updates to macro chapter 5.5.

1.4-0

BSCU 6 removing added to chapter 8.4

1.5-0

Synchronization cables when BSC Flexi (initial) in use added in


chapter 8.1.5.

1.6-0

GTIC equipment chapters updated related to HW redundancy


functionality (chapters 9.4-9.6).

1.7-0

Text in chapter 9.4.8 and 9.5.7 removed (related to


transmission redundancy).

1.8-0

Minor corrections

1.9-0

Chapter 8.1.5 moved to chapter 9.8. Also minor chapter name


updates

1.10-0

Terminator information removed from chapter 9.2.4 because


this same information is described more closely in chapters
9.2.4 and 9.3.3. Cables TCSA_450-TCSA_465 removed from
chapter 8.1.4 because the same cables are installed in
chapters 9.4.5.1. Chapter 9.3.12 updated to contain
instructions for each BSC option.

1.11-0

Note removed related to RT testing and macro pop-up windows


checked and updated in chapter 5.5.6.

1.12-0

Chapter 8.3 updated. TR3T added to TCSM creation command


in chapter 9.6.9. FTRB replaced with FTRB_A in fan tray
creation command in chapter 9.10.3.

1.13-0

Position information corrected to cables TCSA 0_003 and


TCSA 0_004 in chapters 9.2.5 and 9.3.4.

1.14-0

STMU ET creation commands updated (PCM information was


missing) in chapters 9.6.1-9.6.3.

1.15-0

Note added related to OCTFIL parameter value to chapter 5.1.

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Purpose

Purpose
This document describes the implementation of BSC/TCSM HW
implementation for combined installation at S14 SW level. The
BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation is only
available for S14 level third generation DX200 BSC3i with BSC3i 1000,
2000 and Flexi BSC (both upgraded and new delivery) option.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

9 (173)

Purpose

TCSA 0 cabinet with combined BSC/TCSM installation cartridges

10 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Purpose

BSCC & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation where


BSC part is BSC3i 1000.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

11 (173)

Purpose

BSCC

BSCD

Optional cabling cabinet

CPETS-E

CPRJ45-A

CPGO

CPETS-E

TCSA
CPGO

CPETS-E

8
PDFU-B

PDFU-B

PDFU-B

PDFU-B

PDFU-B

PDFU 1

PDFU 0

PDFU 1

PDFU 0

PDFU 1

10

10

CLAC-B

CLAC-B

GT6C-A

ETC 1

GT6C-A

ETC 0

CLOC-B

CPETS-F/
CPETC-F

BCSU 0

CC3C-A/B

BCSU 1

BCSU 2

CC3C-A/B

CC3C-A/B

CC3C-A/B

BCSU 4

BCSU 5

FTRB 2 (FTRB-A)

FTRB 3 (FTRB-A)

CLAC-B

CLAC

LASWC-A

LANU 1

LANU 0

LASWC-A

CPETS-E/
CPETC-E

CPETS-E/
CPETC-E

CPETS-E/
CPETC-E

BCSU 3

FTRB 1 (FTRB-A)

CC3C-A/B

ETC 2

3
CC3C-A/B

OMU

GT4C-A

GT4C-A

GTIC
0

GTIC
1

GT4C-A

FTRB 1

GT4C-A

GTIC
3

GTIC
4

FTRB 1
6

TC2C-A

TC2C-A

TC2C 0

TC2C 1

CC3C-B

CC3C-B

BCSU 9

(FTRB-A)

AIR GUIDE

CC3C-B

BCSU 10

FTRB 3

BCSU 7

BCSU 8

FTRB 2

GT4C-A

GTIC
2

CC3C-B

BCSU 6

(FTRB-A)

CC3C-B

5
0

GT4C-A

ETC 3 ETC 4 ETC 5

FTRB 0 (FTRB-A)
0

CPETS-F/
CPETC-F

GT4C-A

LASWC-A

FTRB 0 (FTRB-A)
0

GT4C-A

LANU 3

MCMU MCMU
0
1

CM2C-A

LASWC-A

CC4C-A

LANU 2

CC4C-A

GT4C-A

FTRB 0
0

SW10C-A

CLOC

SW10C-A

GSW2KB GSW2KB
0
1

CLAC 2

CLAC 1

PDFU-B

PDFU 0

(FTRB-A)

TC2C-A

TC2C-A

TC2C 2

TC2C 3

FTRB 2
0

FTRB 3
6

TC2C-A

TC2C-A

TC2C 4

TC2C 5

5
0

FRONT SIDE

BSCC & BSCD & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation


where BSC part is BSC3i 2000.

12 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Purpose

BSCC & TCSA 0 cabinets in combined BSC/TCSM installation where


BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

13 (173)

Scope of applications

Scope of applications
This document applies to BSC running with S14 software.
With the procedure documented here, the upgrade is to be done locally
at the BSC site.
Persons performing the expansion work should have a good knowledge
of the DX 200 system and preferably have previous DX 200 BSC
expansion experience. The password of the BSC with authority 250 in all
command classes and SIM cards of the operator network are needed. It
is recommended that a backup is taken from the software package
according to the document 'Safecopy Instructions of DX200 BSC' before
installations. This document is included in the S14 NED.
Stability of the BSC should be verified, prior to hardware installation
work, by checking the alarm history and unit states. Alarm history should
be checked for all main computer units. Diagnostics should be executed
for all units, which are modified during the extension. Change over
should be made for all duplicated units. Diagnostics results and alarm
history should be analysed to ensure that there are no problems in the
BSC.
A wrist band ESD Earthing device or a corresponding method must be
used when handling DX 200 hardware equipment.
It is recommended that installations are done during periods of low
traffic, for example, at night time, to minimise any traffic disturbances.
Each stage of the extension work should be commenced only if
conditions remain stable. The BSC configuration should be returned to
the last stable stage if unsolvable problems are encountered. During the
extension work, the alarm situation should be monitored. All alarms that
arise must be analysed and the reason for the alarm should be found.
The traffic ability of the BSC will be tested by separate call cases and
traffic will be followed with specific commands (ZEEL, ZEEI, ZRCI, ZCEL
and ZNET). If upgrade will be made at night time, the operational
stability of the BSC should always be checked before leaving the site.
It is recommended that all available S14 Change Deliveries be installed
to the BSC before the upgrade. The automatic return to old package feature must not be in use during the upgrade, since the OMU restarts

14 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Scope of applications

may cause the system to switch the active SW package. The status of
the feature can be checked with ZWSI command.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

15 (173)

Using the document

Using the document

3.1

General info
The S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation can
be done using the HIT (Holistic Integration Tester) software tool.
Optional way is to make the upgrade manually by following this
documentation.
The HIT software is a Microsoft Windows based tool, which automates
most of the tasks necessary for the software or hardware upgrade. The
HIT software and the instructions are included in this manual. It is
recommended that the HIT User's Manual is gone through before
starting the program.
When using the HIT for upgrading BSC, these instructions should be
followed for a more detailed description of the different phases, which
take place during the upgrade. The upgrade macro menu dialog is
designed to follow closely this document.
NOTE: The commands executed by the HIT macro do not always match
exactly with the commands presented in the manual. This is because
sometimes the automated tasks of the HIT macro require more
commands and different command syntaxes, than are presented in the
manual.
When using the HIT, the MML commands are executed automatically. It
is not necessary to type any commands until it is specifically requested
by HIT.

16 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Using the document

3.2

Upgrade macro

3.2.1

Structure
All the SW & HW macros are gathered under one main macro
(UPGMAIN.HIT), from which the wanted SW / HW upgrade can be
selected. Regardless of which macro (SW or HW upgrade) is wanted to
run, the user always starts with the same main macro.
Example of macro structure:
UPGMAIN.HIT
o

Select wanted upgrade:

SOFTWARE UPGRADES

SW upgrade S14 -> S14

HARDWARE UPGRADES

HW upgrade 1

HW upgrade 2

Under each upgrade / tool there is an upgrade specific menu which


describes the steps which can be executed individually:
SW upgrade S14 -> S14 (selected from main menu)
o

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Select wanted step

Make fallback

Check Firmware

Make pre-check

Copy SW

Nokia Siemens Networks

17 (173)

Using the document

When a step is completed successfully, the user is brought back to


upgrade menu and a Done. -sign will appear at beginning of the name
of the step. If step execution fails for some reason, macro stops and
user can correct the error manually and then continue macro execution
normally.
If macro or computer freezes totally during step execution and macro
needs to be restarted, user cannot re-run the incomplete step from the
menu. In this case, the user must complete that certain step manually,
using this documentation as guide. When the step has been completed
manually, user can continue the macro execution from next available
step. Note, that in the upgrade menu, there will be Man. sign instead
of Done. sign at beginning of name of the manually executed step.
Note!
Once, user enters from main menu to upgrade menu, only way to
get back to the main menu is to restart whole macro.

3.2.2

Communication
The macro communicates with user by using the HIT Pop-up windows.

3.2.3

Asking the user to give information (e.g. paths, file names, etc.)
& other user selections.

Error situations

Manual execution steps (i.e. when macro expects user to do


some actions manually (e.g. copy some files, install new HW
/cabling etc.)

Macro completion

Log files
The upgrade macro provides different log files, from where the user can
verify the executed steps in macro and the success of the different steps
& commands executed in the macro. There are three different kinds of
information / log files:

18 (173)

Log file from HIT Response window (<BSC_C-NUMBER>.log)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Using the document

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

This log contains all the information of the macro


execution (each MML command and the whole output of
the macro execution)

User can accept the default log-file name or specify a


new one. Macro gives following pop-up window for
selection:

Macro writes separate log files for following steps:


-

Configuration printout (PRE)

Firmware

Lug-in unit software upgrade

Safecopy

Nokia Siemens Networks

19 (173)

Using the document

Transfer software to BSC

Configuration printout (PRE)

The same information can be found from both from a


main log file and from these specified smaller log files.

Log file from HIT Message window (Messages.log)


o

The contents of the message window are saved after


macro execution.

Information about errors in macro execution

Log print of HIT (TimeTable.log) This is a shorter description of


the execution of the macro, and the log contains information
about:
o

Starting an execution step in macro

Completion of execution step in macro

If macro execution is stopped for some reason, the log files still remain
in the folder the user has specified. When macro execution is started
again, the log writing is continued from the end of existing log files. All
previously written log information remains intact and nothing is
overwritten.

20 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Introduction

Introduction
The S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation to
DX200 BSC3i 1000, 2000 or Flexi BSC capacity upgrade consists of the
following tasks:
Daytime tasks:

Fallback copying of the current software package


BSC configuration printout (pre-check)
Top covers and side plates are removed from the basic rack*
Extension rack frame is placed and fixed into the basic rack*
Extension rack is grounded to the basic rack *
Top covers, doors and side plates are installed*
Power supply wires are connected, but power still OFF*
Tasks to end of chapter 8.4

*These are expected to be done before starting the installation


procedure with S14 BSC3i 2000 Extension installation.

Night time tasks in low traffic hours (about: 6-8 hours):

Rest of the cabling (internal and cables between the racks) from
chapter 8.5
Plug-in Units installation
Configuring the HW to HW database
Connecting external PCM cables
BSC configuration printout (post-check)
Fallback copying of new HW package

If needed daytime tasks after combined BSC/TCSM upgrade:


Configuring TCSM3i functionality begin of chapter 9.9 onwards
It is recommended that a fallback copying of the software package is
taken before and after the HW upgrade. The BSC configuration printout
contains all the checking needed to prove that the BSC is ready for the
actual upgrade.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

21 (173)

Introduction

Check that the required amounts of plug-in units for the extension are
available. It is also recommended to have tested spare parts available.
Verify that the plug-in unit interchange ability codes and versions are
correct and in accordance with the document DX200 BSC and TCSM
Hardware Revisions List System release S14. This document is
delivered in the S14 Software Release binders.
Therefore a DX 200 installation group is required. Because this
procedure will be carried out during the normal operation of the BSC
equipment and without any power interruption or effect on the traffic, the
working time may be agreed during the night time (low traffic condition).

22 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

Pre-requirements

5.1

Pre-requirements & Actions needed prior upgrade


Verify that following requirements are met before upgrade starting:

It is recommended that all S14 Change Deliveries (general) are


installed to the BSC

The password of the BSC with full authority 250 in all command
classes

IMPORTANT!
When operating in Flexi BSC, make sure that OCTFIL parameter
SEL_OCTFIL_VARIANT_TO (class 2, parameter 1552) value is correct:
Upgraded Flexi BSC 3000/4200

0000

Initial Flexi BSC 3000/4200

0001

If OCTFIL value is incorrect, it may cause upgrade procedure to work


wrongly. The OCTFIL information is one of the input information which
macro uses (when macro is started) for analyse the used BSC type.
When value is incorrect for some reason, the macro may execute the
wrong steps during procedure execution.

5.2

Restrictions
System restart is made during upgrade (chapter 9.8).

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

23 (173)

Pre-requirements

5.3

Needed documentation
To perform the upgrade successfully, the following documentation is
required:

5.4

S14 BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation


procedure (this document)

Installing BSC3i and TCSM3i (DN01154801)

Interconnection Cables in TCSM3i (DN0577965)

Cabling Instructions for TCSM3i (DN0577759)

Equipment List for TCSM3i (DN0577977)

Jumper Settings of the Cartridges in BSC3i and TCSM3i


(DN01154813)

Jumper Settings of the Plug-in Units in BSC3i and in TCSM3i


(DN01154825)

Connector Panels and External Cables in BSC3i and TCSM3i


(DN0620179)

Safecopy instructions of DX200 BSC for S14 (NED)

BSC/TCSM upgrade for SDH/Sonet equipment protection


(optional)

BSC configuration printout

Needed equipment
To perform the upgrade successfully, the following hardware are
required:
-

SIM cards of the network and mobile phone(s)

Tools for removing the old cabling and cartridges (e.g. BSC
commissioning tool kit)

TCSA-cabinet with combined cabling set (needed plug-in units and


cablings etc.)

24 (173)

PC with installed HIT and upgrading macro

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

5.5

HIT and upgrade macros

5.5.1

System requirements for HIT


HIT 2.10-3 swup is designed to operate on Windows XP and Windows
2000.
The HIT installation requires approximately 20MB disk space, of which
the documentation occupies approximately 5MB.

5.5.2

Installing HIT
It is necessary to go through this section only if the HIT release 2.10-3
swup has not been installed. If the software has already been installed,
proceed to the next section: Installing HIT upgrading macros.
HIT release 2.10-3 swup is delivered in S14 Release Binder found from
NOLS (Nokia Online Services). The installation of the software is done
by executing the SETUP.EXE -program and following the instructions of
the installation program.

5.5.3

Installing HIT upgrading macros


After the HIT program has been installed, it is necessary to install the
upgrading macros. The S14 upgrading macros are included in the S14
Release Binder which can be found from NOLS (Nokia Online Services).
Release binder contains all the macros used in different upgrades
related to S14.
To install the macros into PC, execute the S14 macros.exe program.
When the exe file is run the following dialog will appear:

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

25 (173)

Pre-requirements

Specify the folder to which the macros will be installed, press Unzip and
the macros will be installed.
This zipped executable file includes the whole upgrade macro and the
needed directory structure. The only user executable file,
UPGMAIN.HIT, is extracted to root directory of S14 macro folder.

5.5.4

HIT settings
Before running HIT, it is recommended that the 'use of FIFO buffers' be
turned off from the used communications port. This needs to be done,
because some PCs communications port handling is unreliable with this
setting active.
It is recommended that you contact your local PC support for instructions
on how to turn off the use of FIFO buffers.
If you are familiar with the settings of the PC, here's an example of how
to turn the use of FIFO buffers off. In Windows 2000, the use of FIFO
buffers is turned off in the following way:

26 (173)

1.

Start Control Panel

2.

From Control Panel select System

3.

In the System Properties dialog select Hardware/Device Manager

4.

In Device Manager select desired communications port (usually


COM1) and double-click it

5.

In Communications Port (COMx) Properties dialog select Port


Settings

6.

In Port Settings select Advanced

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

7.

In Advanced Port Settings dialog deactivate the 'Use FIFO


buffers' and press OK

8.

Close all the opened dialogs by pressing OK

When opening the HIT program the first time, remember to check/create
the used device (ref. Hitguide.doc). It is recommended to use the
network element name for the devices.

5.5.5

Connection settings
When opening the HIT program the first time, remember to check/create
the used devices (ref. Hitguide.doc). When the macro is started, the
available devices are listed to select device to be connected.
Following connection types are supported:

5.5.5.1

Local connection (COM)

Telnet

SSH

Via Netact (Telnet/SSH)

Configuration example for creating Telnet / SSH /NetAct connection

Select Device > Set Configuration from menu.


Following window appears

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

27 (173)

Pre-requirements

Select New TCP/IP


Give name for connection and IP address of OMU or NetAct server.
Note!
If you want to use an existing HIT2.INI file, copy it in same folder
where HIT2.EXE is.

28 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

Select Login sheet and define the username and password of BSC MML
session.
Note!
In case of defining NetAct device, add BSC username and password to
login page, because S14 macro asks from user the NetAct
communication server username and password

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

29 (173)

Pre-requirements

Select Terminal sheet and define the MML log file.

30 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

If connection type is Telnet, press OK. In SSH connection, define also


settings of SSH sheet.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

31 (173)

Pre-requirements

Press OK.
Press Advanced button and define security level to medium or low
level.

32 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

When MML-connection is created first time, user needs to press Ybutton to questions given in MML-session.
This above definition decreases the amount of key questions. E.g. when
security level is defined to be low following MML-connection printings
are given:
The server's host key is not cached in the registry. You
have no guarantee that the server is the computer you
think it is.
The server's rsa2 key fingerprint is:
ssh-rsa 1024 2a:55:f4:49:b6:c3:f4:af:89:bf:f7:a6:74:4d:fb:e2
If you trust this host, enter "y" to add the key to
PuTTY's cache and carry on connecting.
If you want to carry on connecting just once, without
adding the key to the cache, enter "n".
If you do not trust this host, press Return to abandon the
connection.
Store key in cache? (y/n)

5.5.5.2

Configuration example for creating COM connection

Select Device > Set Configuration from menu.


Following window appears

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

33 (173)

Pre-requirements

Select New COM


Give name for connection and define COM port.
Note!
If you want to use an existing HIT2.INI file, copy it in same folder
where HIT2.EXE is.

34 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

Select Login sheet and define the username and password of BSC MML
session.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

35 (173)

Pre-requirements

Select Terminal sheet and define the MML log file.

36 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

Press OK.

5.5.6

Starting the HIT application / macro execution


First of all, close List and Macro windows, as those are not needed. In
Response window all MML commands are printed out. It is
recommended to keep Messages window as big as possible to able to
follow up the macro execution. The important information is printed out
to the messages window.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

37 (173)

Pre-requirements

Open file UPGMAIN.HIT from the location it was extracted and press
Green Arrow to start the execution.
At the beginning, the main menu is shown and macro prompts user to
choose which upgrade to execute. Clicking CANCEL in main menu
aborts the macro execution.

38 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

Select target network element from the list.

When procedure execution is stopped for some reason and macro


needs to be run twice, in second execution user needs to be select
weather already existing ini file will be used or not.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

39 (173)

Pre-requirements

If No is selected, the user must delete existing ini- file and start the
macro execution again. Ini file contains variable values, user has been
chosen in first execution, e.g. new package name or directory.
User may choose the location where the macro log files should be
saved.

Also, user can define whether to use default log file name or define own.

40 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

The status of the current BSC software package is checked. Note that
the current software package must be with status BU before the actual
upgrade can be started. The software status is to be checked with
command:
ZWQO:RUN;

Check from the output that all the computer units which are currently in
use are running on correct software package with the status BU. If the
software package status is FB or NW, find out the cause for the setting.
If the status of the package is something else than BU, macro gives
following pop-up window:

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

41 (173)

Pre-requirements

The status can be changed to BU with command:


ZWSC:STAT=NW:STAT=BU;

The active and blocked alarms (DX200 and BTS alarms) can be printed
out with following commands:
ZAHO;
ZABO;
ZEOL;
ZEOE;

Alarm printings can be skipped and macro asks user about the wanted
action with following pop-up:

Some environment information is checked with following commands:


ZQRI;
ZIWQ:,OMU:WS=0,;
ZDCD;
ZUSI:ALL;
ZWTI:P:OMU;
ZUSI:BCSU;
ZWTI:P:GSW,0;
ZYE?

This information is gathered for BSC type analysis.

42 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-requirements

IMPORTANT!
If MML session is needed during upgrade, open another MML
connection than specified for the upgrade execution. The same MML
connection usage for interrogate or modification purposes may confuse
the macro execution.

The procedure dialog is divided in main chapters, which may also


contain sub-chapters. Chapters and their sub-chapters correspond
directly to the document. Select the chapter to run and press OK.
Note!
In order to complete upgrade successfully, the chapters and steps
must be executed in ascending order.

Select a step to run and press OK.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

43 (173)

Pre-requirements

44 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Fallback copying of the current package

Fallback copying of the current package


A fallback copying of the running software package must be made
before the upgrade. A Fallback copying can be made by using the macro
(UPGMAIN.HIT).
By default, the macro creates the fallback build (status FB) on the BSCs
disk. Fallback can also be copied to MO, DAT or USB if needed.
Manually, the fallback copying can be made following the document:
Safecopying in BSC. The document can be found from NED.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

45 (173)

BSC configuration
printout (pre-check)

BSC configuration printout (pre-check)


The information about the BSC configurations and conditions are
collected.
Precondition checking is recommended to do during the daytime before
the actual upgrade will be started. The checking can be made by using
the macro (UPGMAIN.HIT) or manually following the instructions from
BSC configuration printout-document delivered in S14 Release
Binder.
For macro execution, choose the BSC configuration printout step in
BSC/TCSM HW implementation for combined installation procedure.
Follow then the macro execution according the BSC configuration
printout document.

46 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

8.1

Change the standalone TCSM3i to be combined


TCSM3i
Instructions for new delivered TCSM3i, which will be configured to
combined BSC/TCSM configuration, this phase is done without power in
the rack.
NOTE!
Use Cabling Instructions document for TCSM3i and Cabling
Instructions documents for cabinet upgrade sets of combined
BSC/TCSM installation in cabling phase. These documents
describe the basic principles of routing intra-cabinet and intercabinet cables in the Standalone TCSM3i and combined BSC/TCSM
installation

8.1.1

Remove following intracabinet cables from TCSA cabinet


These cables are not included in parts list. They are existing cables
which will be removed in upgrading procedure.

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

TCSA_065

CLOC

1.0B 05S1

TC2C 0

2.0B 02.4P

CHI020

AL

TCSA_066

CLOC

1.0B 05R1

TC2C 0

2.0B 02.4A

CHJ023

AL/CGS

TCSA_070

CLOC

1.0B 00R3

ETC 0

1.3B 03.2U

CFIZ013

SYNC

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

Note

1)

47 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

Equipping
No

48 (173)

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_071

CLOC

1.0B 00R2

ETC 0

1.3B 02.2U

CFIZ013

SYNC

1)

TCSA_072

CLOC

1.0B 00R1

ETC 0

1.3B 01.2U

CFIZ013

SYNC

1)

TCSA_073

CLOC

1.0B 01R1

ETC 0

1.3B 04.2U

CFIZ013

SYNC

1)

TCSA_080

CLOC

1.0B 00S7

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2U

CHA020

PCM

Control

TCSA_081

CLOC

1.0B 00S8

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2W

CHA020

PCM

Control

TCSA_090

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1R

ETC 1

1.6B 02.2M

CHF018

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_091

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1N

ETC 2

1.9B 01.2M

CHF016

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_092

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1J

ETC 1

1.6B 01.2M

CHF018

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_093

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 01.2M

CHF020

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_094

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1R

ETC 1

1.6B 04.2M

CHF014

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_095

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1N

ETC 2

1.9B 02.2M

CHF012

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_096

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1J

ETC 1

1.6B 03.2M

CHF014

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_097

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 02.2M

CHF016

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_098

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1R

ETC 1

1.6B 06.2M

CHF023

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_099

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1N

ETC 2

1.9B 03.2M

CHF021

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_100

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1J

ETC 1

1.6B 05.2M

CHF023

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_101

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 03.2M

CHF025

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_102

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1R

ETC 1

1.6B 08.2M

CHF019

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_103

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1N

ETC 2

1.9B 04.2M

CHF017

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_104

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1J

ETC 1

1.6B 07.2M

CHF019

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_105

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 04.2M

CHF021

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_106

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1R

ETC 2

1.9B 06.2M

CHF023

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_107

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1N

ETC 0

1.3B 06.2M

CHF027

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_108

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1J

ETC 2

1.9B 05.2M

CHF023

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_109

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 05.2M

CHF027

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_110

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1R

ETC 2

1.9B 08.2M

CHF020

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_111

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1N

ETC 0

1.3B 08.2M

CHF024

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_112

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1J

ETC 2

1.9B 07.2M

CHF020

PCM

A interface, internal

TCSA_113

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1E

ETC 0

1.3B 07.2M

CHF024

PCM

A interface, internal

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_120

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1C

TC2C 0

2.0B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_121

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1A

TC2C 0

2.0B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_122

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1C

TC2C 1

2.6B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_123

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1A

TC2C 1

2.6B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_124

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1C

TC2C 2

4.0B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_125

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1A

TC2C 2

4.0B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_126

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1C

TC2C 3

4.6B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_127

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1A

TC2C 3

4.6B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_128

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1C

TC2C 4

5.0B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_129

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1A

TC2C 4

5.0B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_130

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1C

TC2C 5

5.6B 17.2O

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

TCSA_131

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1A

TC2C 5

5.6B 17.2M

CHE007

PCM

Ater interface, internal 2)

Notes:
1) Synchronisation cables TCSA_070 - TCSA_073 have been connected
in the factory to the CLOC and the ETC 0 as specified in the table
(default positions). However, cartridge and connector positions at the
ETC end are freely selectable and may have been changed by the
customer according to the table below.
ETC 0 & ETC 1 & ETC 2:
Synchronisation signal 0
(TCL0)

B 01.2U - B 08.2U

2) With cables TCSA_120, TCSA_122, TCSA_124, TCSA_126, TCSA_128


and TCSA_130 the connector position 17.2O is used as default (whole
cartridge is reserved for transcoder connections of one BSC). Optional
connector position 18.2M is used in the case when the cartridge is
divided into two parts to enable transcoder connections of two BSCs.
With cables TCSA_121, TCSA_123, TCSA_125, TCSA_127, TCSA_129
and TCSA_131 the connector position 17.2M is always used.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

49 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

8.1.2

Remove CLOC-B cartridge and install CLAC-B cartridge


Note! Some cables are re-used when new cartridge is installed to the
rack (TCSA_001, TCSA_021 and TCSA_050060).

Change the strappings of CLAC-B cartridge:


R03 R02 R01 R00

R04
D0V

UB

UB

W1

STANDARD SETTINGS

D0V

PP1

W2

B0V

B0V

PP2

1 0
3 2 1
LD0
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4

W3

W1

ALTERNATIVE SETTINGS
1 0

UA7
UA6
UA5
UA4
UA3
UA2
UA1

S
3 2 1

D0V

UA1
UA2
UA3
UA4
UA5
UA6
UA7

S04

S03 S02 S01 S00

1
2
3

0
1

W3
W2

DN98619006

CLAC-B jumper settings for Standard settings (W1)

Jumpers for the standard settings (as shown in figure Jumper blocks of
the CLAC-B, and presented in the table below) are set at the factory with
W1. In normal operation, there is no need to change them.
Table: Setting the leading phase displacement (W1)
Jumper
W1: LD0 2 - 3

50 (173)

Setting
ON

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

W1: LD1 2 - 3

ON

W1: LD2 2 - 3

ON

W1: LD3 2 - 3

ON

W1: LD4 2 - 3

ON

The transfer delay compensation of the basic timing bus is set


automatically with the wiring connector AWM03 placed on the
motherboard in position B01S1. The setting of the wiring connector
passes by these jumper settings.

Cabinet
TCSA

CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to BSC3i


1000 & upgraded Flexi BSC (BSCC and TCSA) (W2, W3):
Cartridge
position
1

Setting

Note

W2/UA1:2-3
W3/UA1:2-3

Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in unit:


2 (02H) and 3 (03H) selected only when the BSC3i
part consists of the BSC3i 1000 (that is, of the
BSCC cabinet only)

W2/UA2:1-2
W3/UA2:1-2
W2/UA3:1-2
W3/UA3:1-2
W2/UA4:1-2
W3/UA4:1-2
W2/UA5:1-2
W3/UA5:1-2
W2/UA6:1-2
W3/UA6:1-2
W2/UA7:1-2
W3/UA7:1-2

Cabinet
TCSA

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to BSC3i


2000 (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA) (W2, W3)
Cartridge
position
1

Setting

Note

W2/UA1:1-2
W3/UA1:1-2
W2/UA2:2-3
W3/UA2:2-3

Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in


unit: 4 (04H) and 5 (05H) selected only when
the BSC3i part consists of the BSC3i 2000
(that is, of the BSCC and BSCD cabinets)

Nokia Siemens Networks

51 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

W2/UA3:1-2
W3/UA3:1-2
W2/UA4:1-2
W3/UA4:1-2
W2/UA5:1-2
W3/UA5:1-2
W2/UA6:1-2
W3/UA6:1-2
W2/UA7:1-2
W3/UA7:1-2

CLAC-B jumper settings for TCSM3i part connected to new


delivery Flexi BSC (BSCC and TCSA) (W2, W3):

Cabinet
TCSA

Cartridge
position
1

Setting

Note

W2/UA1:1-2
W3/UA1:1-2

Unit address settings of the CLAB-S plug-in unit:


0 (00H) and 1 (01H) selected only when the BSC3i
part consists of the new delivery Flexi BSC (that
is, of the BSCC cabinet only)

W2/UA2:1-2
W3/UA2:1-2
W2/UA3:1-2
W3/UA3:1-2
W2/UA4:1-2
W3/UA4:1-2
W2/UA5:1-2
W3/UA5:1-2
W2/UA6:1-2
W3/UA6:1-2
W2/UA7:1-2
W3/UA7:1-2

8.1.3

Remove cartridge identification terminators from the cartridges


These setting modules are not included in parts list. They are existing
setting modules which will be removed in upgrading procedure.

52 (173)

Position

ID

Name

FU

Use

2.0B 19.3A

C101535

CARID20

TC2C 0

Cartridge identification

2.6B 19.3A

C101538

CARID23

TC2C 1

Cartridge identification

Nokia Siemens Networks

Note

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

8.1.4

Position

ID

Name

FU

Use

Note

4.0B 19.3A

C101547

CARID40

TC2C 2

Cartridge identification

4.6B 19.3A

C101551

CARID43

TC2C 3

Cartridge identification

5.0B 19.3A

C101554

CARID50

TC2C 4

Cartridge identification

5.6B 19.3A

C101557

CARID53

TC2C 5

Cartridge identification

Cable and marking changes to TCSA cabinet


Move some cables in the rack
These cables are not included in parts list. The existing cables will be
used by moving them from CLOC cartridge (removed) to CLAC cartridge
(added). Another end of the cables stays in original connector position.
Only the result of the upgrade is presented in the following table. The
equipping number of the cable can be used as a reference when
compared to original table.

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_001

PDFU 0

0.0B P0

CLAC

1.0B_PP1

CVKT007

Power

TCSA_021

PDFU 1

0.6B P0

CLAC

1.0B_PP2

CVKT019

Power

TCSA_050

CLAC

1.0B 03S7

FTRB 0

1.0B P8.A

CHC004

AL/CLK

TCSA_051

CLAC

1.0B 02S5

GTIC 4

1.9B 09.2A

CHC012

AL/CLK

1)

TCSA_052

CLAC

1.0B 03S3

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2A

CHC012

AL/CLK

1)

TCSA_053

CLAC

1.0B 02S3

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2A

CHC012

AL/CLK

1)

TCSA_054

CLAC

1.0B 03R7

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.2Q

CHC025

AL/CLK

TCSA_055

CLAC

1.0B 02R7

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.2Q

CHC029

AL/CLK

TCSA_056

CLAC

1.0B 03R5

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.2Q

CHC023

AL/CLK

TCSA_057

CLAC

1.0B 02R5

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.2Q

CHC027

AL/CLK

TCSA_058

CLAC

1.0B 03R3

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.2Q

CHC017

AL/CLK

TCSA_059

CLAC

1.0B 02R3

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2Q

CHC021

AL/CLK

TCSA_060

CLAC

1.0B 03R1

PDFU 0

0.0B P20.A

CHC021

AL/CLK

Notes! Length of the cables TCSA_051 - TCSA_053 must be equal due


to functional reasons.
Add new cables to the rack and also the cable connector clips to
new places

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

53 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

These cables are included in parts list. This table will be used as a
reference in cable manufacturing. The cables will be delivered to the site
and added to cabinet according to upgrading procedure.
Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_300

CLAC

1.0B 01S7

CLAC

1.0B 01S8

CEA022

Timing loop

1)

TCSA_301

CLAC

1.0B 01S3

CLAC

1.0B 01S4

CEA022

Timing loop

1)

TCSA_304

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2T

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2T

CHES007

2N compare test

SBMUX-A

TCSA_305

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2R

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2R

CHES007

2N compare test

SBMUX-A

TCSA_310

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.3P

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.2M

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_311

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.3L

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.2H

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_312

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.3G

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.2D

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_313

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.3C

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1Z

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_314

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.2Y

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.2M

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_315

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.2U

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.2H

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_316

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.2Q

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.2D

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_317

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.2M

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1Z

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_318

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.2D

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.2M

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_319

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1Z

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.2H

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_320

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1V

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.2D

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_321

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1R

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1Z

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_322

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.3P

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.2M

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_323

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.3L

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.2H

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_324

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.3G

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.2D

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_325

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.3C

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1Z

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_326

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.2Y

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.2M

CHFX015

PCM

A interface

TCSA_327

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.2U

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.2H

CHFX015

PCM

A interface

TCSA_328

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.2Q

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.2D

CHFX015

PCM

A interface

TCSA_329

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.2M

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1Z

CHFX015

PCM

A interface

TCSA_330

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.2D

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2M

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_331

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1Z

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2H

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

54 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_332

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1V

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.2D

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_333

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1R

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1Z

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_340

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.3P

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1R

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_341

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.3L

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1N

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_342

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.3G

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1J

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_343

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.3C

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1E

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_344

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.2Y

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1R

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_345

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.2U

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1N

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_346

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.2Q

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1J

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_347

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.2M

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1E

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_348

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.2D

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1R

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_349

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1Z

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1N

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_350

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1V

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1J

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_351

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1R

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1E

CHFX025

PCM

A interface

TCSA_352

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.3P

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1R

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_353

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.3L

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1N

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_354

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.3G

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1J

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_355

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.3C

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1E

CHFX030

PCM

A interface

TCSA_356

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.2Y

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1R

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_357

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.2U

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1N

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_358

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.2Q

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1J

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_359

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.2M

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1E

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_360

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.2D

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1R

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_361

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1Z

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1N

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_362

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1V

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1J

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_363

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1R

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1E

CHFX020

PCM

A interface

TCSA_370

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1J

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1V

CHFX025

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_371

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1E

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1V

CHFX030

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_372

GTIC 3

1.6B 02.1A

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1V

CHFX025

PCM

Ater interface

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

55 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_373

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1J

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1V

CHFX025

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_374

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1E

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1V

CHFX015

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_375

GTIC 3

1.6B 01.1A

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1V

CHFX020

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_380

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1J

TC2C 5

5.6B 19.1A

CHFX025

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_381

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1E

TC2C 4

5.0B 19.1A

CHFX030

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_382

GTIC 2

1.3B 02.1A

TC2C 3

4.6B 19.1A

CHFX025

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_383

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1J

TC2C 2

4.0B 19.1A

CHFX030

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_384

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1E

TC2C 1

2.6B 19.1A

CHFX020

PCM

Ater interface

TCSA_385

GTIC 2

1.3B 01.1A

TC2C 0

2.0B 19.1A

CHFX020

PCM

Ater interface

Notes:
1)

8.1.5

Length of the cables TCSA_300 - TCSA_301 and TCSA 0_003 - TCSA


0_004 (ref. chapter 5.3.2) must be equal due to functional reasons.

Cabinet location stickers and marking strips


There is not any cabinet location stickers included in parts list of this
upgrade set. All cabinet location stickers are delivered with TCSA
cabinet. A cabinet location sticker TCSA 1D has been attached to the
cabinet at the factory. Additionally the delivery contains the cabinet
location stickers TCSA 1E, TCSA 1F, TCSA 1G and TCSA 1H (coordinates 1A, 1B and 1C are reserved for BSC3i part of the combined
BSC/TCSM installation). At the site, depending on the configuration,
correct cabinet location sticker is selected and attached to TCSA cabinet
in place of default sticker (if necessary).
Marking strips
Remove:
These marking strips are not included in parts list. They are existing
marking strips which will be removed in upgrading procedure.

56 (173)

Position

Name

Cartridge

1.0

CLOC

CLOC-B

1.3

ETC 0

GT4C-A

1.6

ETC 1

GT4C-A

1.9

ETC 2

GT4C-A

Nokia Siemens Networks

Note

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

ADD:
These marking strips are included in parts list. They will be delivered to
the site and added to cabinet according to upgrading procedure. These
new marking strips can be identified from a code C110262 at the left
margin of each strip.

Position

Name

Cartridge

Note

1.0

CLAC 1

CLAC-B

Used in two cabinet BSC/TCSM configuration

1.0

CLAC 2

CLAC-B

Used in three cabinet BSC/TCSM configuration

1.3

GTIC 2

GT4C-A

1.6

GTIC 3

GT4C-A

1.9

GTIC 4

GT4C-A

Power distribution stickers


REMOVE:
These power distribution stickers are not included in parts list. They are
existing stickers which will be removed in upgrading procedure.

Position

Name

Use

Note

0.0

PDFU0 A

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0

F0 - F9

0.0

PDFU0 B

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0

F10 - F19

0.6

PDFU1 A

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1

F0 - F9

0.6

PDFU1 B

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1

F10 - F19

ADD:
These power distribution stickers are included in parts list. They will be
delivered to the site and added to cabinet according to upgrading
procedure. These new stickers can be identified from a code C110262 at
the left margin of the sticker sheet.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Position

Name

Use

Note

0.0

PDFU0 A

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0

F0 - F9

0.0

PDFU0 B

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 0

F10 - F19

0.6

PDFU1 A

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1

F0 - F9

0.6

PDFU1 B

Power distribution sticker for PDFU 1

F10 - F19

Nokia Siemens Networks

57 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

8.2

Activate the PRFILE parameter in BSC


IMPORTANT!
Activate PRFILE parameter 002:1167 COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED in
BSC before starting the procedure.
Activate the feature with the following MML command:
ZWOC:2,1167,1;

Check the status with following MML command:


ZWOI:2,1167;

Parameter activation needs OMU restart and unit switchovers to be


functional in BSC:
Change OMU to TE-EX and back to WO-EX:
ZUSC:OMU:TE;
ZUSC:OMU:WO;

Make switchover to MCMUs:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;

Make switchover to ALL BCSUs:


ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:SP;
ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:TE,;
ZUSC:BCSU,<index>:SP,;

Repeat this step for all BCSUs in rack(s).


Continue the procedure after all units are up and running.

8.3

Remove existing PCMs 1280 1327 and 880 895


If the BSCC and BSCD cabinet in use in combined BSC/TCSM
configuration, the user must remove PCMs1280....1327 in BSCD ETC-5

58 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

cartridge, because these PCM has been defined in combined


configuration for TCSM3i usage.
1280-1327 PCM values are related to following cable numbers:
BSC3i 2000

BSCC_529534 and BSCC_629634

Also in BSC3i 1000 (both upgraded and initial) if GTIC-0 track 8 is used
for ET16, the PCM(s) 880.895 needs to be deleted for combined
TCSM3i usage.
880-895 PCM values are related to following cable numbers:
Upgraded BSC3i 1000 BSCC_582 and BSCC_682
Initial BSC3i 1000

BSCC_535 and BSCC_635

Remove connections under the ET PCMs before deleting the units.


Change the ET units state after all connections has been removed:
ZUSC:ET,<index>:BL
ZUSC:ET,<index>:TE
ZUSC:ET,<index>:SE
ZUSC:ET,<index>:SE

Disconnect ET units:
ZWUD:ET,1280&&1295:ET16,0:;
ZWUD:ET,1296&&1311:ET16,0:;
ZWUD:ET,880&&895:ET16,0:;

Delete unit and plug-in units:


ZWTQ:ET,1280&&1295:ET16,0;
ZWTQ:ET,1296&&1311:ET16,0;
ZWTQ:ET,880&&895:ET16,0;
ZWTV:ET,1280&&1295;
ZWTV:ET,1296&&1311;
ZWTV:ET,880&&895;

8.4

BCSU-6 removal related to Flexi BSC


The addition of 1st TCSA cabinet (TCSA-0) can be done for Flexi BSC
only by removing BCSU-6 from the Flexi BSC configuration. Addition of

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

59 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

TCSA-cabinet reduces the capacity of BSC by 500 TRX. This applies to


both new delivery and upgraded Flexi BSC.
In this step, the traffic is moved from BCSU-6 to other BCSU units or
BSC. This is done to arrange room for the TCSA-0 cabinet. In addition
the BCSU-6 should be removed from HW configuration before installing
TCSA-0 cabinet.

8.4.1

Move the traffic from BCSU-6

BSS Split tool offers automated process to support BSC renewal. This
process includes the automation of labor-intensive re-hosting of BTS to
new BSCs including data and parameter updates to name a few. The
downtime of operational BTSs is this way minimised during rehoming. If
rehoming speed is the key driver, more than 100 sites can be moved to
the new BSC during one night by using .XML files for data transfer
between the BSCs assisted by CM tools (CM Plan Manager, CM Editor
and CM Analyser). Further information about BSS Split tools is available
from Nokia OSS / NetAct representatives.

8.4.2

Release resources from one BCSU


Because of BCSU-6 will been removed from the database and thats
why resources have to be released from one BCSU. After the resources
(links, ETs, DAPs, IP connections etc.) have been deleted from BCSU, it
goes automatically to spare state. This is done manually.

8.4.3

Remove the BCSU-6 from HW database


Change the BCSU-6 to SE-NH state:
ZUSC:BCSU,6:SP;
ZUSC:BCSU,6:TE,FCD;
ZUSC:BCSU,6:SE;
ZUSC:BCSU,6:SE;

Remove the BCSU-6 configuration from HW database.


Disconnect AS7 and PCU plug-in units and remove BCSU-6 from the
HW configuration.

60 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

ZWUD:BCSU,6:<AS7 type>,<index>;
ZWUD:BCSU,6:<PCU type>,<index>;
ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<AS7 type>,<index>;
ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<PCU type>,<index>;
ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<CPU type>,0;
ZWTQ:BCSU,6:<power type>,0;
ZWTV:BCSU,6;
ZWTD:<location>,<cartridge type>;

8.4.4

Remove the BCSU-6


Switch off the power from BCSU-6, and remove the BSCU-6 cabling.
Change the MCMU-0 to SE-NH state before removing the cables:
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;

Upgraded Flexi BSC (From upgraded BSC3i1000):


Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Use

CHC028

AL/CLK

Note

1.6B 02R5

BSCC_2037 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1P BCSU 6

5.0B 05.1G CHES028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2038 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1N BCSU 6

5.0B 04.1G CHES028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2039 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 03.1G CHES028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2040 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1J

BCSU 6

5.0B 07.1G CHES028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2041 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 06.1G CHES028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2042 LANU 0

1.8B 02.2E BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1C CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2100 MCMU 0

2.0B 02.2E BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1A

EMB

BSCC_2244 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1L

5.0B 07.1C CHE022

BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1A

Type

BSCC_2002 CLOC

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

BCSU 6

Position

Nokia Siemens Networks

CHES029

PCM

61 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

BSCC_2245 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1J

BSCC_2246 GSW2KB
0

BCSU 6

5.0B 06.1C CHE022

PCM

1.0B 06.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 07.1A

CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2247 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1E

BCSU 6

5.0B 06.1A

CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2248 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1P

BCSU 6

5.0B 05.1C CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2249 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1N BCSU 6

5.0B 04.1C CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2250 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 03.1C CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2251 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1J

BCSU 6

5.0B 05.1A

CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2252 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 04.1A

CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2253 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1E

5.0B 03.1A

CHE022

PCM

BSCC_2254 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1C BCSU 6

5.0B 09.1C CHE023

PCM

BSCC_2255 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1A

5.0B 08.1C CHE023

PCM

BSCC_2256 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1C BCSU 6

5.0B 09.1A

CHE023

PCM

BSCC_2257 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1A

5.0B 08.1A

CHE023

PCM

BCSU 6

BCSU 6

BCSU 6

Upgraded Flexi BSC (From initial BSC3i1000):

Equipping
No

62 (173)

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

BSCC_1042 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.2D CJA028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_1040 LANU 0

1.8B 02.2E

BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1C CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_1043 LANU 0

1.8B 04.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 02.2K

CHF028

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_1064 MCMU 0

2.0B 02.2E

BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1A

CHES029

EMB

BSCC_1070 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1E

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.1N CHQ022

PCM

BSCC_1071 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 06.1A

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.1V

CHF022

PCM

BSCC_1052 CLOC

1.6B 02R5

BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1A

CHC028

AL/CLK

BSCC_1072 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.1G CJA022

Nokia Siemens Networks

PCM

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

BSCC_1073 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1E

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.1A

CJA022

PCM

BSCC_1074 GSW2KB
0

1.0B 07.1A

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.1Z

CHF022

PCM

New delivery Flexi BSC:


Equipping

CABLE FROM

No

CABLE TO

FU

Position

BSCC_123

LANU 0

4.0B 13.1L

BCSU 6

FU

5.0B 16.1N

Position

Type

BSCC_271

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3L

BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1Z

CHF023

PCM

BSCC_272

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3C

BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1R

CHQ023

PCM

BSCC_273

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2U

BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1J

CHQ024

PCM

BSCC_274

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2M BCSU 6

5.0B 11.1A

CHQ024

PCM

CHG018

Use

Note

LAN

Change the MCMU-0 to WO-EX.


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;

Change the MCMU-1 to SE-NH state before removing the cables:


ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;

Upgraded Flexi BSC (From upgraded BSC3i1000):


Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

BSCC_2077 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1P

BCSU 6

5.0B 05.1J

CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2078 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1N

BCSU 6

5.0B 04.1J

CHES027

LAN

Downlink

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

63 (173)

Pre-actions before actual


upgrade

BSCC_2079 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 03.1J

CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2080 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1J

BCSU 6

5.0B 07.1J

CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2081 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1G

BCSU 6

5.0B 06.1J

CHES027

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2082 LANU 1

1.10B
02.2E

BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1E

CHES026

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_2101 MCMU 1

2.3B 02.2E

BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1P

CHES027

EMB

BSCC_2344 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 07.2C CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2345 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1J

BCSU 6

5.0B 06.2C CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2346 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 07.2A

CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2347 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1E

BCSU 6

5.0B 06.2A

CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2348 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1P

BCSU 6

5.0B 05.2C CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2349 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1N BCSU 6

5.0B 04.2C CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2350 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 03.2C CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2351 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1J

BCSU 6

5.0B 05.2A

CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2352 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1G BCSU 6

5.0B 04.2A

CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2353 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1E

BCSU 6

5.0B 03.2A

CHE031

PCM

BSCC_2354 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1X

BCSU 6

5.0B 09.2C CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2355 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1V

BCSU 6

5.0B 08.2C CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2356 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1X

BCSU 6

5.0B 09.2A

CHE030

PCM

BSCC_2357 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1V

BCSU 6

5.0B 08.2A

CHE030

PCM

Upgraded Flexi BSC (From initial BSC3i1000):


Equipping
No

64 (173)

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

BSCC_1041 LANU 1

1.10B
02.2E

BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1E

CHES026

LAN

Downlink

BSCC_1044 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.2S

CJA027

LAN

Downlink

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Pre-actions before actual upgrade

BSCC_1045 LANU 1

1.10B
04.1G

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.2Y

CHF027

LAN

BSCC_1065 MCMU 1

2.3B 02.2E BCSU 6

5.0B 10.1P

CHES027

EMB

BSCC_1075 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1E BCSU 6

5.0B 02.3T

CHQ032

PCM

BSCC_1076 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 06.1A BCSU 6

5.0B 02.4B

CHF031

PCM

BSCC_1077 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 02.3N CJA031

PCM

BSCC_1078 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1E BCSU 6

5.0B 02.3G CJA031

PCM

BSCC_1079 GSW2KB
1

1.3B 07.1A BCSU 6

5.0B 02.4F

PCM

CHF031

Downlink

New delivery Flexi BSC:


Equipping
No

CABLE FROM

CABLE TO

FU

Position

FU

Position

Type

BSCC_153

LANU 1

5.0B 13.1L

BCSU 6

5.0B 17.1N

BSCC_371

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3L

BCSU 6

5.0B 36.3Z

CHF022

PCM

BSCC_372

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3C

BCSU 6

5.0B 36.3R

CHQ022

PCM

BSCC_373

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2U

BCSU 6

5.0B 36.3J

CHQ022

PCM

BSCC_374

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2M BCSU 6

5.0B 36.3A

CHQ022

PCM

CHG007

Use

Note

LAN

Change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX.


ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

65 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Equipping and installing combined


BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

9.1

Put power on to TCSA rack


Put the power on to TCSA cabinet first to PDFU-0 switch one by one
and second to PDFU-1 switch one by one.
NOTE!
In this phase all plug-in units must be out of the cartridge

9.2

Install SBUS and timing bus cables and


terminators for CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and
CLAB-2

9.2.1

Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SP-EX state


ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;

CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.

66 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

9.2.2

Force WO-EX CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to be active by pressing


its Forced control button in front panel from PIU
CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and
TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.

9.2.3

Change the CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to SE-NH state


from the BSCC before installing the cables
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;

CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.

9.2.4

Move or add cartridge existing identification terminators from the


BSCC or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet

In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):

In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):

TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-1 of BSCD cabinet connector


positions 1.10B 00R1 to TCSA CLAC-2 1.0B 00R1 position.

In New delivery Flexi BSC configuration (BSCC and TCSA):

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-0 of BSCC cabinet connector


positions 5.4B 00R1 to TCSA CLAC-1 1.0B 00R1 position.

Add TRMC1 to TCSA CLAC-0 1.0B 00R1 position

Nokia Siemens Networks

67 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.2.5

Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables

Equipping
No

In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):


CABLE FROM

FU

Position

TCSA 0_001 CLAC 1 1.0B 00R3

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU
CLAC 0

Position
5.4B 00R2

Type

Use

CEA035 SBUS

Note
Two cabinet
config.
Upgraded Flexi

TCSA 0_003 CLAC 1

1.0B 00S4

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00S3

CEA022 Timing bus Two cabinet


config.
Upgraded Flexi

TCSA 0_001 CLAC 0 1.0B 00R3

BSCC

OMU

3.8B 07.2J

CHA030 SBUS

TCSA 0_003 CLAC 0

BSCC

CLS 0

1.0B 37.4L

CHA031 Timing bus New delivery


Flexi

1.0B 00S4

New delivery
Flexi

OR

Equipping
No

68 (173)

In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):


CABLE FROM

FU

Position

CABLE TO
Cabinet

FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA 0_001 CLAC 2 1.0B 00R3

BSCD

CLAC 1

1.10B 00R2

CEA035 SBUS

TCSA 0_003 CLAC 2 1.0B 00S4

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00S3

CEA022 Timing bus Three cabinet


config.

Nokia Siemens Networks

Three cabinet
config.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

CLAB 1

Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 03

CLAB 0

9.2.6

03

04

Figure 1.Clock and Alarm Buffer units (CLAB) in CLAC-B cartridge.

Slot
F03
F04

CLAC-B

1/6-shelf cartridge

Name
CLAB-S /
CLAB-U
CLAB-S /
CLAB-U

Function
CLAB

Equip.
Base

Note
1)

CLAB

Base

1)

1) CLAC-B cartridge is also used in the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM


installation option (in the TCSA cabinet). In the TCSM3i, combined
BSC/TCSM option, the BSC part can be either BSC3i 1000 or BSC3i
2000 or Flexi BSC.
Check the required prom version from S14 pre-processor program
information document in release binder.
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document:
Appendix CLAB_S jumper settings
Appendix CLAB_U jumper settings

9.2.7

Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-0, SBUS-0 and


CLAB-0 and CLAB-2
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

69 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;

CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).
Run diagnostic 1st CLS-0, 2nd SBUS-0, 3rd CLAB-0 and 4th CLAB-2:
ZUDU:<unit>,<index>;

If diagnostic results OK, change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and


CLAB-2 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;

9.2.8

Release the CLS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 Forced control button by


pressing it.
CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and
TCSA).

9.2.9

Change CLS-0, SBUS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to WO-EX


New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:WO;

CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).

9.3

Install SBUS and timing bus cables and


terminators for CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and
CLAB-3

9.3.1

Force WO-EX CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 to be active by pressing


its Forced control button in front panel from PIU
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.

70 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

CLAB-2 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).

9.3.2

Change the CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and CLAB-3 to SE-NH state


from the BSCC and BSCD before installing the cable
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;

CLAB-3 is in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and


TCSA).

9.3.3

Move cartridge existing identification terminators from the BSCC


or BSCD cabinet to TCSA cabinet

In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):

In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):

TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-1 of BSCD cabinet connector


positions 1.10B 00R5 to TCSA CLAC-2 1.0B 00R5 position.

In New delivery Flexi BSC configuration (BSCC and TCSA):

9.3.4

TRMC1 are moved from CLAC-0 of BSCC cabinet connector


positions 5.4B 00R5 to TCSA CLAC-1 1.0B 00R5 position.

Add TRMC1 to TCSA CLAC-0 1.0B 00R5 position

Connect the SBUS and timing bus cables


Note!
You can remove the cable BSCC_101 and BSCD_010 temporarily to
make easier to install the cable TCSA_0_004 to CLOC.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):

Nokia Siemens Networks

71 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

CABLE TO

Position

Cabinet

TCSA 0_002 CLAC 1 1.0B 00R7

BSCC

FU
CLAC 0

Position
5.4B 00R6

Type

Use

CEA034 SBUS

Note
Two cabinet
config.
Upgraded Flexi

TCSA 0_004 CLAC 1 1.0B 00S8

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 03S3

CEA022 Timing bus Two cabinet


config.
Upgraded Flexi

TCSA 0_002 CLAC 0 1.0B 00R7

BSCC

OMU

3.8B 07.2N

CHA030 SBUS

New delivery
Flexi

TCSA 0_004 CLAC 0 1.0B 00S8

BSCC

CLS 1

2.0B 37.4L

CHA031 Timing bus New delivery


Flexi

OR

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

CABLE TO

Position

Cabinet

FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA 0_002 CLAC 2 1.0B 00R7

BSCD

CLAC 1

1.10B 00R6

CEA034 SBUS

TCSA 0_004 CLAC 2 1.0B 00S8

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 03S3

CEA022 Timing bus Three cabinet


config.

Three cabinet
config.

Install CLAB plug-in units to TCSA CLAC cartridge track 04

03

CLAB 1

CLAB 0

9.3.5

In three cabinet configurations (BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):

04

Figure 2. Clock and Alarm Buffer units (CLAB) in CLAC-B cartridge.

72 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Slot
F03
F04

CLAC-B

1/6-shelf cartridge

Name
CLAB-S /
CLAB-U
CLAB-S /
CLAB-U

Function
CLAB

Equip.
Base

Note
1)

CLAB

Base

1)

1) CLAC-B cartridge is also used in the TCSM3i, combined BSC/TCSM


installation option (in the TCSA cabinet). In the TCSM3i, combined
BSC/TCSM option, the BSC part can be either BSC3i 1000 or BSC3i
2000 or Flexi BSC.
Check the required prom version from S14 pre-processor program
information document in release binder
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document:
Appendix CLAB_S jumper settings
Appendix CLAB_U jumper settings

9.3.6

Change units state and run diagnostics to CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1


and CLAB-3
New delivery Flexi BSC does not have CLAB units.
CLAB-2 and CLAB-3 are in use in three cabinet configurations (BSCC,
BSCD and TCSA).
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:TE;

Run diagnostic 1st CLS-1, 2nd SBUS-1, 3rd CLAB-1 and 4th CLAB-3
ZUDU:<unit>,<index>;

If diagnostic results OK, change CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and


CLAB-3 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability
If diagnostic results OK, release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced
control button by pressing it and change CLS-1, SBUS-1, CLAB-1 and
CLAB-3 state to SP-EX, wait for a while to check the stability

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

73 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZUSC:<unit_type>,<index>:SP;

9.3.7

Release the CLS-0, CLAB-0 and CLAB-2 Forced control button by


pressing it.

9.3.8

Create the CLAC unit (WTC, WTU, WTP)


Note!
In configuration examples is used rack letter as C, but the user
can choose the specified info
The macro asks user to give a proper rack letter

and following message appears if the letter is in use:

In two cabinet configurations (BSCC and TCSA):

In three cabinet configurations ( BSCC, BSCD and TCSA):

74 (173)

CLAB indexs are 2 and 3

CLAB indexs are 4 and 5

In New delivery Flexi BSC ( BSCC and TCSA):

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

CLAB indexs are 0 and 1

ZWTC:CLAC_B,1C1-0:;
ZWTU:CLAB,<index>:1C1-0;
ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_S,0,03;
OR
ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_U,0,03;
ZWTU:CLAB,<index>:1C1-0:;
ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_S,0,04;
OR
ZWTP:CLAB,<index>:CLAB_U,0,04;

9.3.9

Create the TCSM3i cabinet (WTJ)


ZWTJ:TCSA,1C:AL=1C1-0-3R1,PDFU=4;

9.3.10

Create the FAN trays (WTC)


ZWTC:FTRB_A,1C11-0,:AL=1C1-0-3S7;

9.3.11

Create the SBUS unit


Note!
SBUS units are created only to initial Flexi BSC
ZWTU:SBUS,0;
ZWTU:SBUS,1;

Change the SBUS states to WO-EX and SP-EX:


ZUSC:SBUS,0:SE;
ZUSC:SBUS,0:TE;
ZUSC:SBUS,0:WO;
ZUSC:SBUS,1:SE;
ZUSC:SBUS,1:TE;
ZUSC:SBUS,1:SP;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

75 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.3.12

Change CLAB unit state to WO-EX and SP-EX and run diagnostic
(USC, UDU)

In case of two cabinet configurations (BSCC, TCSA), new


delivery Flexi BSC/TCSM:

Change the CLAB-0 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,0:SE;
ZUSC:CLAB,0:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,0:WO;

Change the CLAB-1 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,1:SE;
ZUSC:CLAB,1:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,1:SP;

Change CLAB-0 to TE-EX:


ZUSC:CLAB,0:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,0:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-0:


ZUDU:CLAB,0;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,0:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,0:WO;

Change the CLAB-1 to TE-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,1:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, and -3:


ZUDU:CLAB,1;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,1:SP;

In case of two cabinet configurations (BSCC, TCSA), BSC3i


1000/TCSM, upgraded Flexi BSC/TCSM:

Change the CLAB-0,and -2 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SE;

76 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:WO;

Change the CLAB-1, and -3 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SP;

Change CLAB-0, and -2 to TE-EX:


ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-0, and -2:


ZUDU:CLAB,<0/2>;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0/2>:WO;

Change the CLAB-1, and -3 to TE-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, and -3:


ZUDU:CLAB,<1/3>;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,<1/3>:SP;

In case of three cabinet configuration (BSCC, BSCD, TCSA),


BSC3i 2000/TCSM:

Change the CLAB-0, -2 or -4 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:WO;

Change the CLAB-1, -3 or -5 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:TE;
ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SP;

Change CLAB-0, -2 or -4 to TE-EX:

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

77 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-0, -2 or -4:


ZUDU:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to WO-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:SP;
ZUSC:CLAB,<0 or 2 or 4>:WO;

Change the CLAB-1, -3 or -5 to TE-EX state:


ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:TE;

Run diagnostic to CLAB-1, -3 or -5:


ZUDU:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>;

If diagnostic OK, change the units state to SP-EX


ZUSC:CLAB,<1 or 3 or 5>:SP;

9.4

Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 plug-in units, Hotlinks


cables and check SW256B strappings in MCMU-0
Redundancy options for ETS2 plug-in unit (STMU unit) is transmission
redundancy (option 1) and HW redundancy (option 2). Cablings and
equipment differs which option is chosen and macro asks user in this
step which option is wanted to be used.

9.4.1

Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to SE-NH (USC)

Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:EMB,0:SP;

Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to SE-NH state from the basic rack
(BSCC) before installing the cable:

78 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,0:TE;
ZUSC:EMB,0:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,0:SE;

9.4.2

Switch OFF the power from MCMU-0


Note!
The 2755 alarm might be on because in this phase one cable is
connected to GTIC-3 site and alarms in GSW-0, SBMUX and ETS2
cards might have red lights on because there is still cables
unconnected.

9.4.3

Block alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK


Alarm is blocked to avoid MCMU go down, in case if cables and
strappings are not correctly installed.
ZABB:3034;

Install SBMUX-A and ETS2 cards to GTIC-2 and GTIC-3 cartridge


and check the strappings
GTIC 3

07

08

09

01

02

03

04

05

SHIM4T

04

SHIM4T

03

SHIM4T

02

SHIM4T

01

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

ETS2

SHIM4T

06

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

ETS2

SHIM4T

05

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

04

ORP

SB3-0 SB3-1 SB4-0 SB4-1

03

ORP

SB M U X-A SB M U X-A

SB3-0 SB3-1 SB4-0 SB4-1

02

SB2-0 SB2-1

SB3-0 SB3-1 SB4-0 SB4-1

01

SB2-0 SB2-1

SB2-0 SB2-1

SB3-0 SB3-1 SB4-0 SB4-1

ETS2

SB1-0

SB2-0 SB2-1

ORP

SB1-0

SB1-0

SB1-0
ORP

SB M U X-A SB M U X-A

GTIC 4

SHIM4T

GTIC 2

SHIM4T

9.4.4

ET S2

06

07

Nokia Siemens Networks

08

09

05

06

07

79 (173)

08

09

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

A. GTIC 2 (GT4C-A cartridge)


GT4C-A

-shelf cartridge

Slot

Name

Function

Equip.

F1

SBMUX-A

F2

SBMUX-A

F3
F4
F5

SHIM4T
SHIM4T
ETS2

F6

ETS2

Serial Broadband <-> 8M PCM


MUX
Serial Broadband <-> 8M PCM
MUX
Front panel with shim plate
Front panel with shim plate
SDH/SONET Exchange
terminal
SDH/SONET Exchange
terminal

F7

ETS2

F8
F5

SHIM4T
SHIM4T

SDH/SONET Exchange
terminal
Front panel with shim plate
Front panel with shim plate

Base

# of
Hotlinks
4

# of 8M PCM
(A interface)
64

Base

32

Base
Base
Base

Base

2/4

Base

Note

2 in case of
transmission
redundancy and 4
in HW redundancy
in case of HW
redundancy

Base
Base

Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document:


Appendix SBMUX-A jumper settings
Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document:
Appendix ETS2 jumper settings
Change SW256B cards strapping to be compatible with Combined
BSC/TCSM PIU settings and hotlink cables see Appendix SW256B
jumper settings
When BSC3i 1000/2000 is used check the SWCOPs prom version
and change if needed. Required prom version of SWCOP-As can
be found from S14 pre-processor program information document in
release binder.

9.4.5

Install cables

Install PCM cables to GSW2KB:


Equipping
No
TCSA 0_021

CABLE FROM
FU
GTIC 2

Position
1.3B 09.2E

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU
GSW2KB 0

Position
1.0B 04.2D

Type

Use

CHE032

PCM

Note
BSC3i1000/2000
Control

TCSA 0_023

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2E

BSCC

GSW2KB 0

1.0B 04.2F

CHE033

PCM

BSC3i1000/2000
Control

80 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

1)

1)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Equipping
No

TCSA 0_021

CABLE FROM
FU

GTIC 2

Position

1.3B 09.2E

CABLE TO
Cabinet

BSCC

FU

Position

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.2Y

Type

Use

CHE040

PCM

Note

New delivery Flexi


Control 2)

TCSA 0_023

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2E

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0B 07.3A

CHE038

PCM

New delivery Flexi


Control 2)

TCSA 0_021

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2E

BSCC

GSW2KB 0

1.0B 07.1N

CHE041

PCM

Upgraded Flexi
Control

TCSA 0_023

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2E

BSCC

GSW2KB 0

1.0B 07.1P

CHE042

PCM

Upgraded Flexi
Control

Notes:
1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to position B 04.2D in
GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCC_535 and BSCC_635
if S12 new delivery or BSCC_582 and BSCC_682 if S12 upgrade
delivery) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they
are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A
1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and
tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or
damaged.
Connect SBMUX-A HOTLINK cables to GSW2KB:
Equipping
No
TCSA 0_030

CABLE FROM
FU
GTIC 2

Position
1.3F 01.SB1-0

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU
GSW2KB 0

Position
1.0F 06.SB1-0

Type
CSB072

Use
Hotlink

Note
BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)

TCSA 0_031

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB 0

1.0F 07.SB1-0

CSB072

Hotlink

BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)

TCSA 0_030

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0F 07.SB3-0

CSB064

Hotlink

New delivery Flexi


Ater interface 2)

TCSA 0_031

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 0 1.0F 07.SB4-0

CSB064

Hotlink

New delivery Flexi


Ater interface 2)

Notes:

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

81 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 06.1A and B


06.1E in GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCD 0_049 BSCD 0_050 and BSCD 0_149 - BSCD 0_150) must be
disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing
any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A
1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and
tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or
damaged.

9.4.5.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC3:
Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA_450

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB1-0 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_451

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB2-0 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_452

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB1-0 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_453

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB1-0 CSB007

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_454

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB2-0 CSB007

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_455

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB1-0 CSB007

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_460

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB2-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB1-1 CSB006

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_461

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB3-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB2-1 CSB006

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_462

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB4-0 GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB1-1 CSB006

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_463

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB2-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB1-1 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_464

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB3-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB2-1 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

TCSA_465

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB4-0 GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB1-1 CSB005

Hotlink

A interface

Note!
If there is HOTLINK cable connected and leaved not connected to other end,
the MCMU will go down.

9.4.5.2

82 (173)

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC3 and ADDMOD modules according to following tables.
Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

CABLE TO

Position

FU

Position

Type

Use

TCSA_600

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB2-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB1-0

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_601

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB3-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB2-0

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_602

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB4-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB1-0

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_610

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB2-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB2-0

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_611

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB3-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 07.SB1-0

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_612

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB4-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 07.SB2-0

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_450

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB2-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB1-0

CSB005

Hotlink

TCSA_451

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB3-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB2-0

CSB005

Hotlink

TCSA_452

GTIC 2

1.3F 01.SB4-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB1-0

CSB005

Hotlink

TCSA_453

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB2-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB2-0

CSB005

Hotlink

TCSA_454

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB3-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 07.SB1-0

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_455

GTIC 2

1.3F 02.SB4-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 07.SB2-0

CSB006

Hotlink

Position

ID

Name

FU

1.3B 05.4E

C108710

ADMOD23

GTIC

1.3B 06.4E

C108710

ADMOD23

GTIC

1.3B 07.4E

C108710

ADMOD23

GTIC

9.4.6

Use

Note

Note

Switch ON the power from MCMU-0


Note that alarm 2755 might be on because in this phase one cable is
connected to GTIC-3 site and alarms in GSW-0, SBMUX and ETS2
cards might have red lights on because there is still cables unconnected.

9.4.7

Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP).


SBMUX-As are created under the GSW extension cartridge into tracks 1
and 2 so that both GSWs have one cartridge in the TCSM3i cabinet.
ZWTC:GT4C_A,1C1-3,:AL=1C1-0-2S3,;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

83 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZWTU:GSW,0:1C1-3:MAS=MCMU;
ZWTP:GSW,0,1C1-3:SBMUX_A,0,1:;
ZWTP:GSW,0,1C1-3:SBMUX_A,1,2:;

9.4.8

Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-2 cartridge (WTU, WTP,


WUC)

Note!
Make sure that the PRFILE parameter
COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED has been set on
before starting to create STMUs.

9.4.8.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

Create STMU units with following commands:


ZWTU:STMU,32:1C1-3:;
ZWTU:STMU,34:1C1-3:;

Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC
types:
BSC3i1000/2000
ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,882,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,882,TSL,16&&31:;

Upgraded Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,16&&31:;

New delivery Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,16&&31:;

Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands:


ZWUC:STMU,32:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,34:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;

84 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

9.4.8.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

Create STMU units with following commands:


ZWTU:STMU,32:<GTIC_location>:;
ZWTU:STMU,34:<GTIC_location>:;
ZWTU:STMU,36:<GTIC_location>:;

Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC
types:
BSC3i1000/2000
ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,882,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,882,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,883,TSL,0&&15:;

Upgraded Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1586,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1587,TSL,0&&15:;

New delivery Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,32:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,34:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1714,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1715,TSL,0&&15:;

Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands:


ZWUC:STMU,32:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,34:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,36:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;

9.4.9

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Change MCMU-0 and EMB-0 unit state to WO-EX (USC)

Nokia Siemens Networks

85 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Change the MCMU-0 to TE-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;

Change the EMB-0 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:EMB,0:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,0:TE;
ZUSC:EMB,0:SP;

NOTE!
In next phase the boot SW is updated to the SBMUX-A cards if
needed. This can take from one unit about 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:

Check the SBMUX-A boot version:


ZDPX:GSW,0:SBMUX_A,<index>:CID;

If the boot version needs to be updated following message appears:

Load the boot SW to the unit if needed:


ZWDG:GSW,0:SBMUX_A,;

Change the MCMU-0 and EMB-0 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;
ZUSC:EMB,0:WO;

86 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

9.5

Install Hotlinks cables and check SW256B


strappings in MCMU-1

9.5.1

Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SE-NH (USC)


Change the MCMU-1 and EMB-1 to SE-NH state from the basic rack
(BSCC) before installing the cable:
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,1:TE;
ZUSC:EMB,1:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,1:SE;

9.5.2

Switch OFF the power from MCMU-1.

9.5.3

Change SW256B card strapping


Change SW256B cards strapping to be compatible with Combined
BSC/TCSM PIU settings and hotlink cables see Appendix SW256B
jumper settings

9.5.4

Install cables
Install PCM cables to GSW2KB:

Equipping
No
TCSA 0_020

CABLE FROM
FU
GTIC 2

Position
1.3B 09.2G

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU
GSW2KB 1

Position
1.3B 04.2D

Type

Use

CHE030

PCM

Note
BSC3i1000/2000
Control

TCSA 0_022

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2G

BSCC

GSW2KB 1

1.3B 04.2F

CHE031

PCM

1)

BSC3i1000/2000
Control

TCSA 0_020

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2G

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.2Y

CHE043

PCM

1)

New delivery Flexi


Control 2)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

87 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

TCSA 0_022

GTIC 3

Position
1.6B 09.2G

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU

Position

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0B 07.3A

Type

Use

CHE041

PCM

Note
New delivery Flexi
Control 2)

TCSA 0_020

GTIC 2

1.3B 09.2G

BSCC

GSW2KB 1

1.3B 07.1N

CHE039

PCM

Upgraded Flexi
Control

TCSA 0_022

GTIC 3

1.6B 09.2G

BSCC

GSW2KB 1

1.3B 07.1P

CHE040

PCM

Upgraded Flexi
Control

Notes:
1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to position B 04.2D in
GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCC_535 and BSCC_635
if S12 new delivery or BSCC_582 and BSCC_682 if S12 upgrade
delivery) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they
are not causing any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A
1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and
tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or
damaged.

9.5.4.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

Connect SBMUX-A HOTLINK cables to GSW2KB:


Equipping
No
TCSA 0_032

CABLE FROM
FU
GTIC 3

Position
1.6F 01.SB1-0

CABLE TO
Cabinet
BSCC

FU
GSW2KB 1

Position

Type

1.3F 06.SB1-0 CSB070

Use
Hotlink

Note
BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)

TCSA 0_033

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB 1

1.3F 07.SB1-0 CSB070

Hotlink

BSC3i1000/2000
Upgraded Flexi
Ater interface 1)

TCSA 0_032

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0F 07.SB3-0 CSB064

Hotlink

New delivery
Flexi
Ater interface 2)

TCSA 0_033

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB1-0

BSCC

GSW2KB-A 1 2.0F 07.SB4-0 CSB064

Hotlink

New delivery
Flexi
Ater interface 2)

88 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Notes:
1) The PCM cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 06.1A and B
06.1E in GSW2KB 0 and GSW2KB 1 cartridges (BSCD 0_049 BSCD 0_050 and BSCD 0_149 - BSCD 0_150) must be
disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they are not causing
any harm or damaged.
2) The PCM cables of the Flexi BSC in GSW2KB-A 0 and GSW2KB-A
1 (BSCC_271-274 and BSCC_371-374) must be disconnected and
tied the cable ends so that they are not causing any harm or
damaged.

9.5.4.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

Connect ETS2 all needed HOTLINK cables between GTIC-2 and GTIC3 and 2N cables according to following tables:

Equipping

CABLE FROM

No

FU

CABLE TO

Position

FU

Position

Type

Use

TCSA_630

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB2-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB2-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_631

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB3-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 07.SB1-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_632

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB4-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 07.SB2-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_463

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB2-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB2-1

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_464

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB3-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 07.SB1-1

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_465

GTIC 3

1.6F 02.SB4-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 07.SB2-1

CSB007

Hotlink

TCSA_460

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB2-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB1-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_461

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB3-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 05.SB2-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_462

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB4-0

GTIC 2

1.3F 06.SB1-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_620

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB2-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB1-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_621

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB3-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 05.SB2-1

CSB006

Hotlink

TCSA_622

GTIC 3

1.6F 01.SB4-1

GTIC 3

1.6F 06.SB1-1

CSB006

Hotlink

Note

Between
GTIC
cartridges
TCSA_640

GTIC

1.3B 05.4A

GTIC

1.6B 05.4A

CHFX006

2N

TCSA_641

GTIC

1.3B 05.4G

GTIC

1.6B 05.4G

CHES006

2N

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

89 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

TCSA_642

GTIC

1.3B 06.4A

GTIC

1.6B 06.4A

CHFX006

2N

TCSA_643

GTIC

1.3B 06.4G

GTIC

1.6B 06.4G

CHES006

2N

TCSA_644

GTIC

1.3B 07.4A

GTIC

1.6B 07.4A

CHFX006

2N

TCSA_645

GTIC

1.3B 07.4G

GTIC

1.6B 07.4G

CHES006

2N

9.5.5

Switch ON the power from MCMU-1.

9.5.6

Create SBMUX-As (WTC, WTU, WTP).


SBMUX-As are created under the GSW extension cartridge into tracks 1
and 2 so that both GSWs have one cartridge in the TCSM3i cabinet.
ZWTC:GT4C_A,1C1-6,:AL=1C1-0-3S3,;
ZWTU:GSW,1:1C1-6:MAS=MCMU;
ZWTP:GSW,1,1C1-6:SBMUX_A,0,1:;
ZWTP:GSW,1,1C1-6:SBMUX_A,1,2:;

9.5.7

Create the STMU functional unit to GTIC-3 cartridge (WTU, WTP,


WUC)

Note!
Make sure that the PRFILE parameter
COMBI_CONF_ALLOWED has been set on
before starting to create the STMUs.

9.5.7.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

Create STMU units with following commands:


ZWTU:STMU,36:1C1-6:;
ZWTU:STMU,38:1C1-6:;

Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC
types:

90 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

BSC3i1000/2000
ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,890,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,890,TSL,16&&31:;

Upgraded Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,16&&31:;

New delivery Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,36:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,38:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,16&&31:;

Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands:


ZWUC:STMU,36:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,38:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;

9.5.7.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

Create STMU units with following commands:


ZWTU:STMU,33:<GTIC_location>:;
ZWTU:STMU,35:<GTIC_location>:;
ZWTU:STMU,37:<GTIC_location>:;

Here are the ETS2 plug-in unit creation commands for different BSC
types:
BSC3i1000/2000
ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,890,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,890,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,891,TSL,0&&15:;

Upgraded Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1594,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1595,TSL,0&&15:;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

91 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

New delivery Flexi BSC


ZWTP:STMU,33:ETS2,0,5::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,0&&15:;
ZWTP:STMU,35:ETS2,0,6::LAPD,8,1722,TSL,16&&31:;
ZWTP:STMU,37:ETS2,0,7::LAPD,8,1723,TSL,0&&15:;

Connect ETS2 plug in units to BCSU with following commands:


ZWUC:STMU,33:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,35:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;
ZWUC:STMU,37:ETS2,0::<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index>:;

9.5.8

Change MCMU-1 and EMB-1 unit state to SP-EX (USC)


Change the MCMU-1 to TE-EX:
ZUSC:MCMU,1:SE;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;

Change the EMB-1 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:EMB,1:SE;
ZUSC:EMB,1:TE;
ZUSC:EMB,1:SP;

NOTE!
In next phase the boot SW is updated to the SBMUX-A cards if
needed. This can take from one unit 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:

Check the SBMUX boot version:


ZDPX:GSW,1:SBMUX_A,0:CID;

92 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

If the boot version needs to be updated following message appears:

Load the boot SW to the unit if needed:


ZWDG:GSW,1:SBMUX_A,;

Change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;

9.6

Equipping ET units into STMUs in ANSI and ETSI


environments
In these examples the TCSM3i rack is market as C, but the letter in the
field is modifiable.

9.6.1

ANSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,


WUC).

In ANSI configuration, the last four ETs in each ET group configured to


the combined TCSM3i are automatically in the SE-NH state.
In one TC2A-C cartridge used capacity is 16*5= 80*T1 and
(SONET/OC3 interface capacity is 84*T1, but only first 80 T1s are
used for traffic.
9.6.1.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

ZWTU:ET,3392&&3475:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3476&&3559:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3560&&3643:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3644&&3727:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

93 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZWTU:ET,3728&&3811:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3812&&3895:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=38,IF=0:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3475,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3476&&3559,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3560&&3643,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3644&&3727,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3728&&3811,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3812&&3895,TSL,0:;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;

9.6.1.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

ZWTU:ET,3392&&3475:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3476&&3559:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3560&&3643:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3644&&3727:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3728&&3811:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3812&&3895:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3475,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3476&&3559,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3560&&3643,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3644&&3727,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3728&&3811,TSL,0:;
ZWTP:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3812&&3895,TSL,0:;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3475:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3476&&3559:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3560&&3643:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3644&&3727:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3728&&3811:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3812&&3895:ETS2,0:IF=<interface>:<bcsu_unit>,<unit_index;

9.6.2

ETSI: Create the A-interface ET units into STMUs (WTU, WTP,


WUC)

9.6.2.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

94 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZWTU:ET,3392&&3454:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3456&&3518:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3520&&3582:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3584&&3646:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3648&&3710:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3712&&3774:<GTIC3_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=38,IF=0:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3454,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3456&&3518,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3520&&3582,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3584&&3646,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3648&&3710:ETS2,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3712&&3774,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;

9.6.2.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy


ZWTU:ET,3392&&3454:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3456&&3518:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=32,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3520&&3582:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3584&&3646:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=34,IF=1:;
ZWTU:ET,3648&&3710:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=0:;
ZWTU:ET,3712&&3774:<GTIC2_location>:UNIT=STMU,IND=36,IF=1:;
ZWTP:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3392&&3454,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0,5::ETT00,8,3456&&3518,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3520&&3582,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0,6::ETT00,8,3584&&3646,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3648&&3710,TSL,0;
ZWTP:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0,7::ETT00,8,3712&&3774,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,3392&&3454:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3456&&3518:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3520&&3582:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3584&&3646:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3648&&3710:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;
ZWUC:ET,3712&&3774:ETS2,0:IF=A:BCSU,<unit_index;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

95 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.6.3

Create protection groups to STMUs

9.6.3.1

Option1: ETS2 with transmission redundancy

ANSI uses APS and ETSI MPS.


Create protection group to STMU-32:
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:128,129:;
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:130,131:;

Create protection group to STMU-34:


ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:136,137:;

Create protection to STMU-36:


ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:144,145:;
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:146,147:;

Create protection to STMU-38:


ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:152,153:;

9.6.3.2

Option2: ETS2 with HW redundancy

ANSI uses APS and ETSI MPS.


Create protection group to STMU-32:
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:128,132;
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:130,134;

Create protection group to STMU-34:


ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:136,140;
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:138,142;

Create protection group to STMU-36:


ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:144,148;
ZYWC:,,<BI/UNI>,<APS OR MSP>:146,150;

9.6.4

96 (173)

Change STMUs state, run diagnostic and update SW if necessary


(USC, WDI, WDR, UDU)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZUSC:STMU,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:STMU,<index>:TE;

Wait until the unit has load the code


NOTE!
In next phase the boot SW is updated to the ETS2 cards if needed.
This can take from one unit 40-60 minutes. Do not remove the
cards or cause power reset while updating the boot SW , because
the SW can corrupt and only way to recover is to send the PIU to
HWS.
Following message appears:

Check the ETS2 boot SW to the plug-in unit:


ZWDI:UT=STMU,UI=<index>;

If the boot SW needs to be updated following message appears:

Load the boot SW to the unit if needed:


ZWDR:UT=STMU,UI=<index>;

Run diagnostic:
ZUDU:STMU,<index>;

After successful loading take the unit to WO-EX state:

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

97 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZUSC:STMU,<index>:WO;

9.6.5

Unblock alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK


Unblock alarm:
ZABU:3034;

NOTE!
If the alarm 3034 BUS FAILURE IN SWITCHING NETWORK comes
active after this because of cabling or strapping faults or faulty
PIUs, the MCMU will go down and start the diagnostic. If the
diagnostic starts let it run all phases, do not interrupt the
diagnostic in this phase. Diagnostic to MCMU can take 40-60
minutes.
Following message appears:

9.6.6

Run diagnostic to MCMUs (ABU, USC, UDU)

Change the MCMU-0 to TE-EX:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:TE;

NOTE!
MCMU diagnostic to one unit can take 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:

Run diagnostic to MCMU-0:

98 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZUDU:MCMU,0;

After successful diagnostic change the MCMU-0 to WO-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,0:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,0:WO;

Change the MCMU-1 to TE-EX:


ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;
ZUSC:MCMU,1:TE;

Note!
MCMU diagnostic to one unit can take 40-60 minutes.
Following message appears:

Run diagnostic to MCMU-1:


ZUDU:MCMU,1;

After successful diagnostic change the MCMU-1 to SP-EX state:


ZUSC:MCMU,1:SP;

9.6.7

Install TR3E/TR3T plug in units to the TCSA cabinet


In the Nokia TCSM3i for combined BSC/TCSM installations, the TR3E
plug in units is used both in ANSI and ETSI environments. TR3T unit is
cost reduction variant of TR3E with IP connectivity support.
TR3E and TR3T plug-in units are used alike. TR3E used in the pictures
and tables below as example.

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

99 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

TC2C cartridges in combined BSC3i/TCSM3i installation

10

11

13

15

17

18

SHIM4T

SHIM4T

TR3E
16

SHIM4T

TR3E
14

TR3E

TR3E
12

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E
8

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TR3E

TC2C 0...5

19

TC2C 05 (TC2C-A cartridge)


TC2C-A

-shelf cartridge

Slot

Name

Function

Equip.

F1

TR3E /
SHIM4T

Optional /
Base

F2

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F3

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F4

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F5

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F6

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F7

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F8

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F9

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F10

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F11

TR3E /
SHIM4T

Transcoder piu (ETSI) /


Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim

100 (173)

# of 2
Mbit/s
(Ater)
1

# of 2 Mbit/s
(A interface)

Note

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

TC2C-A

-shelf cartridge

Slot

Name

Function

F12

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F13

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F14

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F15

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F16

TR3E /
SHIM4T

F17

SHIM4T

F18

SHIM4T

F19

SHIM4T

plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Transcoder piu (ETSI) /
Front panel with shim
plate
Front panel with shim
plate
Front panel with shim
plate
Front panel with shim
plate

Equip.

# of 2
Mbit/s
(Ater)

# of 2 Mbit/s
(A interface)

Note

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Optional /
Base

1)

Base
Base
Base

1) If no TR3E is equipped, SHIM4T is left equipped in this slot.


Plug-in unit strapping instructions can be found in end of the document:
Appendix: TR3E jumper settings
Appendix: TR3T jumper settings

9.6.8

Create the TCSM3i cartridges (WTC)


ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C2-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R3;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C2-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R3;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C4-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R5;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C4-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R5;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C5-0,:AL=1C1-0-2R7;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1C5-6,:AL=1C1-0-3R7;

9.6.9

Create TCSM units (WTU, WTP)


ANSI:
TCSM index must be the same as the corresponding Ater PCM index in
the GSW. In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the PCM indexes
reserved for this purpose are 1280-1327 and 1536-1583. Create only the
units that are actually in use. See table below.
1 TR3E unit = 1 TCSM max channel capacity 119 channels/ 5*T1
TC2C-A max channels: 16*(23+24+24+24+24) = 1904 channels/ OC-3

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

101 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

16*5= 80*T1 from one TC2C-A cartridge (SONET/OC3 interface


capacity is 84*T1, but only first 80 T1s are used for traffic)
SET numbers 128&129, 130&131, 136&137, 144&145, 146&147 and
152 & 153.
Information of Combined BSC/TCSM PCM(s):
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ANSI)
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ANSI)

ETSI:
TCSM index must be the same as the corresponding Ater PCM index in
the GSW. In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the PCM indexes
reserved for this purpose are 1280-1327 and 1536-1583. Create only the
units that are actually in use. See table below.
1 TR3E unit = 1 TCSM max channel capacity 120channels/ 4*E1
TC2C-A max channels: 15*(31+31+31+27)+(31+31+31+0) = 1893
channels/ STM-1
SET numbers 128&129, 130&131, 136&137, 144&145, 146&147 and
152 & 153
Information of Combined BSC/TCSM PCM(s):
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 & Upgraded Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery Flexi BSC (ETSI)
Following message appears:

ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<catridge coordinates>:;
ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<TR3E/TR3T>,<index>,<slot>::GENERAL,8,<ater_pcm
>,TSL,1:;
ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:<TR3E/TR3T>,<index>;

102 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

9.7

Copy the HW equipment database information to


the disk (DBC)
ZDBC:EQUIPM,0;

9.8

Synchronization cables (OPTIONAL)


The user can choose from cables BSCC_460 - BSCC_463 or
BSCC_470 - BSCC_473 or TCSA 0_10..013 for synchronization
source, to keep the existing source in use until new combined
BSC/TCSM configurations has been finished.
Below table informing of used PCMs when some of these set of
synchronization cables are in default locations:

Equipping

CABLE FROM

CABLE TO

No

FU

Cabinet

BSCC_460

CLOC

BSCC_461

CLOC

BSCC_462

CLOC

BSCC_463

CLOC

Position
1.6B
00R3
1.6B
00R2
1.6B
00R1
1.6B
01R1

BSCC_470

CLOC

BSCC_471

BSCC

FU
ETC
0
ETC
1
ETC
0
ETC
1

Position
1.8B
02.2U
1.10B
01.2U
1.8B
01.2U
1.10B
02.2U

CFIZ009

Use
SYNC
2M3
SYNC
2M2
SYNC
2M1
SYNC
2M4

1.6B
00R3

BSCC

GTIC
0

5.6B
02.2Q

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M3

CLOC

1.6B
00R2

BSCC

GTIC
1

5.9B
01.2Q

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M2

BSCC_472

CLOC

1.6B
00R1

BSCC

GTIC
0

5.6B
01.2Q

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M1

BSCC_473

CLOC

1.6B
01R1

BSCC

GTIC
1

5.9B
02.2Q

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M4

TCSA
0_010

GTIC
2

1.3B
06.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R3

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M3

TCSA
0_011

GTIC
3

1.6B
05.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R2

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M2

TCSA
0_012

GTIC
2

1.3B
05.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R1

CFIZ028

SYNC
2M1

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

BSCC
BSCC
BSCC

Type
CFIZ009
CFIZ009
CFIZ009

Nokia Siemens Networks

Note

GSW2KB
PCM

ET

528

ET 528

576

ET 576

512

ET 512

592

ET 592

103 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

TCSA
0_013

GTIC
3

1.6B
06.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 01R1

SYNC
2M4

CFIZ028

Synchronization cables when BSC Flexi (initial) in use:


Equipping

CABLE FROM

CABLE TO

No

FU

Position

Cabinet

FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA
0_010

GTIC
2

1.3B
05.2Q

BSCC

CLS

1.0B
37.1N

CHE028

SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA
0_011

GTIC
3

1.6B
05.2Q

BSCC

CLS

1.0B
37.1P

CHE028

SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA
0_012

GTIC
2

1.3B
06.2Q

BSCC

CLS

1.0B
37.1R

CHE028

SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA
0_013

GTIC
3

1.6B
06.2Q

BSCC

CLS

1.0B
37.1T

CHE028

SYNC

1) 2)

GSW2KB
PCM

ET

Notes:
1) Cables TCSA 0_010 - TCSA 0_013 are freely configurable at the GTIC end. The default positions are
presented in the table above. However, cartridge and connector positions are freely selectable by the
customer according to the table below.
GTIC 2 & 3:

2)

Synchronisation signal 0 (TCL0)

B 05.2Q - B 06.2Q

Synchronisation signal 1 (TCL1)

B 05.2S - B 06.2S

The synchronisation cables of the BSC part connected to positions B 00R3, B 00R2, B 00R1 and B 01R1
in CLOC cartridge (BSCC_190 - BSCC_193) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so that they
are not causing any harm or damaged.

Default cable positions in cabling manual:


Equipping
No

CABLE FROM
FU

Position

CABLE TO
Cabinet

FU

Position

Type

Use

Note

TCSA 0_010 GTIC 2

1.3B 06.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R3

CFIZ028 SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA 0_011 GTIC 3

1.6B 05.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R2

CFIZ028 SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA 0_012 GTIC 2

1.3B 05.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 00R1

CFIZ028 SYNC

1) 2)

TCSA 0_013 GTIC 3

1.6B 06.2Q

BSCC

CLOC

1.6B 01R1

CFIZ028 SYNC

1) 2)

Notes 1) and 2): Cables TCSA 0_010 - TCSA 0_013 are freely
configurable at the GTIC end. The default positions are presented in the
table above. However, cartridge and connector positions are freely
selectable by the customer according to the table below.

104 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

GTIC 2 & 3:
Synchronisation signal 0 (TCL0)

B 05.2Q - B 06.2Q

Synchronisation signal 1 (TCL1)

B 05.2S - B 06.2S

The synchronisation cables of the BSC3i connected to positions B 00R3, B


00R2, B 00R1 and B 01R1 in CLOC cartridge (BSCC_460 - BSCC_463 or
BSCC_470 - BSCC_473) must be disconnected and tied the cable ends so
that they are not causing any harm or damaged.

9.9

Create the transcoder configuration.


Create the TC_PCMs and possible through connections as described
in Creating TCSM3i for combi BSC/TCSM installation in BSS
Integration manual.

Capacity and A-interface pool information in ANSI:

Suppported
codecs

Supported a-interface pools

FR, HR,
EFR, AMR,
AEC, TFO,
NS, 14.4D,
HSCSD,
TTY

1 (FR)
3 (DR)
5 (EFR&FR)
7 (EFR& DR)
20 (EFR&DR&D144)
23 (AMR)
28 ( EFR,DR&AMR,D144)

10 ( HS2)
21 (HS2&D144)

13 (HS4)
22 (HS4 &D144)
32
(EFR&DR&AMR&HS4&D144)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

kbit/s /
channel

TR3E

TC2C-A capacity

16kbits/
channel

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = MAIN PCM
(23+24+24+24)+BRANCH
PCM (24)= 119 channel
(5*T1)

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


16 TR3E* 119 = 1904
channel/ OC-3 (80*T1)

32kbits/
channel

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = MAIN PCM
(23+24)+BRANCH PCM
(12)= 59 channel ( 3*T1)

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


16 TR3E *59= 944 channel

64kbits/
channel

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = MAIN (23)+
BRANCH PCM (6)= 29
channel ( 2*T1)

ANSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


16 TR3E *29= 464 channel

Capacity and A-interface pool information in ETSI

Nokia Siemens Networks

105 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Suppported
codecs

Supported a-interface pools

kbit/s /
channel

TR3E

TC2C-A capacity

FR, HR,
EFR, AMR,
AEC, TFO,
NS, 14.4D,
HSCSD,
TTY

1 (FR)
3 (DR)
5 (EFR&FR)
7 (EFR& DR)
20 (EFR&DR&D144)
23 (AMR)
28 ( EFR,DR&AMR,D144)

16kbits/
channel

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = 31+31+31+27=
120 channel (4*E1)

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


15 TR3E* 120 + 1* TR3E
(31+31+31+0) = 1893
channel/ STM-1 (63*E1)

10 ( HS2)
21 (HS2&D144)

32kbits/
channel

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = 31+ 29= 60
channel (2*E1)

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


16 TR3E *60= 960 channel

13 (HS4)
22 (HS4 &D144)
32
(EFR&DR&AMR&HS4&D144)

64kbits/
channel

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


1 TR3E = 30 channel
(1*E1)

ETSI Combi BSC/TCSM:


16 TR3E *30= 480 channel

Set the number of through connections:


ZWGS:<highway pcm number>:<number of through connected channels>;

Create the TC-PCM:


ZWGC:<highway pcm number>:POOL=<tc_pcm pool>:BCSU,<index>;

Create the through connections.


ZWGA:<highway pcm circuit(PCM-TSL)>:<tc_pcm circuit(PCM-TSL)> ;

Change TCSM3i state from SE-NH to TE-EX with the MML command
USC.
ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:TE;

The TR3E/-T starts downloading its software from the BSC, wait
while the LDOK and PSAP has disappear.
NOTE!
State change to TE-EX can take 15-20 minutes.
After successfully downloading software, run the diagnostics with the
MML command UDU:
ZUDU:TCSM,<index>;

106 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

After successful diagnostic change the TCSM state to WO-EX with


the command USC:
ZUSC:TCSM,<index>:WO;

9.10

Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined


BSC/TCSM configuration in ANSI environment

9.10.1

Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER BSC


(WTU, WTP) for ANSI
In combined BSC/TCSM installation, the transcoding capacity of a
TCSM3i can be shared by the master BSC, installed together with the
TCSM3i, and one or more remote BSCs that are connected to the
master BSC. The Ater interface between the master BSC and
TCSM3i is internal and always based on ETSI PCM with 32 timeslots
and it is therefore able to carry five ANSI T1 TC-PCMs.
Since the external PCMs carry only 24 timeslots in ANSI
environment, the group switch capacity of the master BSC is
therefore not effectively used, unless a fifth TC-PCM is connected to
a TR3E plug-in unit and submultiplexed into the free space on the
Ater PCM. This extra PCM cable is called BRANCH PCM.
Note that timeslot 31 on the Ater PCM cannot be used for throughconnection.
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has
not been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating
and managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the
BSC3i 1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)

Create the MAIN PCM to Master BSC:


ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

107 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:
;

Create the BRANCH PCM to Master BSC:


ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:
;

Create protection groups (ONLY IF ETS2 in use):


ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange
terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal
index>:;

Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:


ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

Example of ET16:
ZWTU:ET,557:1A1-8:; (MAIN PCM)
ZWTP:ET,557:ET16,0,3::ETT00,8,557,TSL,0; (MAIN PCM)
ZWUC:ET,557:ET16,0:IF=AREMO:BCSU,2:; (MAIN PCM)
ZWTU:ET,559:1A1-8:; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWTP:ET,559:ET16,0,3::ETT00,8,559,TSL,0; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWUC:ET,559:ET16,0:IF=AREMO:BCSU,2:; (BRANCH PCM)

9.10.2

Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC


TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ANSI
Connect ET PCM for REMOTE BSC to MASTER BSC TCSM unit with
semipermanent connections.

108 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Create semipermanent connection circuit group for incoming cable from


REMOTE BSC:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>,NCGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_name>
:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;

For MAIN PCM:


ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;

For BRANCH PCM:


ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;

Create semi-permanent connection circuit group for Combined


BSC/TCSM connections:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_nbr>,NCGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_name>:
FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_number>:<Ater_PCM_CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;

Connect semipermanent connections together:


Connect semipermanent connections together, MAIN PCM and
Combined BSC/TCSM ATER:
ZRBA:CRCT=<MAIN_remote_pcm>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm:BW=<bandwidth>:BI:
;

Connect semi-permanent connections together, BRANCH PCM and


Combined BSC/TCSM ATER:
ZRBA:CRCT=<MAIN_remote_pcm>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm:BW=<bandwidth>:BI:
;

Example:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1023,NCGR=REMOLTA:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=557-1&&-24:; (MAIN PCM)
ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=559-1&&-6:; (BRANCH PCM)
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1022,NCGR=COMBILLE:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=1022:CRCT=1286-1&&-30:;

ZRBA:CRCT=557-1:CRCT=1286-1:BW=24:BI:;
ZRBA:CRCT=559-1:CRCT=1286-25:BW=6:BI:;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

(MAIN PCM)
(BRANCH PCM)

109 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.10.3

Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to REMOTE


BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ANSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not
been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and
managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i
1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)
In NED Nokia BSS Transmission Configuration chapter Time slot
allocation in combined BSC/TCSM installation (ANSI)
Create the MAIN PCM to REMOTE BSC:
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.

ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;

Create the BRANCH PCM to REMOTE BSC:


ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;

Connect the PCM to functional unit in REMOTE BSC:


ZWUC:ET,<ater_pcm>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A:BCSU,<bcsu_index>; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWUC:ET,<MAIN PCM index>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A, BATER=<BRANCH PCM
index>:BCSU,<bcsu_index>; (MAIN PCM, BATER= Branch ater)

Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):


ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange
terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal
index>:;

110 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:


ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

Create the master BSC TCSM cabinet, unit and plug-in unit to REMOTE
BSC connect the PCM to functional unit:
ZWTJ:TCSA,<rack_coordinates>:PDFU=2;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,<cartridge coordinates>:;
ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:1C2-0:;
ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>,<slot>::GENERAL,<pcm_type>,<ater_p
cm>,TSL,1:REMOTE,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,NO;
ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>:;

Change the state of the TCSM to WO-EX (USC).


This command automatically changes the state of the TCSM LAPD link
to WO-EX. If the TCSM software does not exist or is different from that
in the BSC, it is downloaded in this phase.
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

Check the state of the TCSM2 LAPD link (DTF).


ZDTF:TCSM,<unit index>:OMU;

The transcoder has less PCM types than the BSC has pools. This
results in the fact that when you are checking the PCM circuits from the
transcoder end, the PCM types are different than the pools in the BSC.
Example or ET16:
ZWTU:ET,118:1A5-0; (MAIN PCM)
ZWTU:ET,125:1A5-0; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWTP:ET,118:ET2A_T,0,27::ETT00,4,118,TSL,0; (MAIN PCM)
ZWTP:ET,125:ET2A_T,0,30::ETT00,4,125,TSL,0; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWTJ:TCSA,1F:PDFU=2;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,1F2-0,:;
ZWTU:TCSM,118:1F2-0:; (MAIN PCM)
ZWTP:TCSM,118:TR3E,10,11::GENERAL,2,118,TSL,1:REMOTE,2,118,NO; (MAIN
PCM)
ZWUC:ET,125:ET2A_T,0:IF=A:BCSU,0:; (BRANCH PCM)
ZWUC:ET,118:ET2A_T,0:IF=A,BATER=125:BCSU,3:; (MAIN PCM)
ZWUC:TCSM,118:TR3E,10:; (BRANCH PCM)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

111 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.11

Create the MASTER and REMOTE combined


BSC/TCSM configuration in ETSI environment

9.11.1

Create the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connection to MASTER BSC


(WTU, WTP) for ETSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not
been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and
managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i
1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)
Create the MAIN PCM to Master BSC:
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>:IF=AREMO:BCSU,<bcsu_index>:
;

Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):


ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange
terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal
index>:;

Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:


ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

9.11.2

Connect the REMOTE BSC ET PCM connections to MASTER BSC


TCSM unit (RCC, RCA, RCB) for ETSI
Connect REMOTE BSC ET PCM to master BSC TCSM unit with semi
permanent connections

112 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Create semipermanent connection circuit group for incoming cables from


REMOTE BSC:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>,NCGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_name>
:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=<REMOTE_BSC_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;

Create semi-permanent connection circuit group for Combined


BSC/TCSM connections:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_nbr>,NCGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_name>:
FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=<CombiTCSM3i_CGR_number>:<CRCT=<circuit(s)>:;

Connect semipermanent connections together:


ZRBA:CRCT=<remote_pcm-1>:CRCT=<combiTCSM3i_pcm-1:BW=31:BI:;

Example:
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1023,NCGR=REMO:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=1023:CRCT=557-1&&-31:;
ZRCC:TYPE=SPE,CGR=1022,NCGR=COMBI:FORMAT=0,HUNTED=N,:;
ZRCA:CGR=1022:CRCT=1290-1&&-31:;
ZRBA:CRCT=557-1:CRCT=1290-1:BW=31:BI:;

9.11.3

Create the ET & Combi BSC3i /TCSM3i connections to REMOTE


BSC (WTJ, WTC, WTU, WTP) for ETSI
Create ET unit and plug-in unit for remote ET PCM, (only if unit has not
been created before to BSC, see in S14 NED document Creating and
managing BSC hardware- chapter: Equipping hardware to the BSC3i
1000 / BSC3i 2000 with GSW2KB)
ZWTU:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<cartridge coordinates>:UNIT=STMU,
IND=<index>, IF=<interface index>;

Note!
UNIT, ID and IF only if ETS2 is used.
ZWTP:ET,<pcm_number(s)>:<et_piu>,<index>,<slot>::ETT00,8,<pcm_number
(s)>,TSL,0;
ZWUC:ET,<ater_pcm>:<et_piu>,0:IF=A:BCSU,<bcsu_index>;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

113 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

Create protection groups( ONLY IF ETS2 in use):


ZYWC:<protection group id>,:<working section SDH/SONET exchange
terminal index>,<protection section SDH/SONET exchange terminal
index>:;

Change STMU or ET units to WO-EX:


ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

Create the master BSC TCSM cabinet, unit and plug-in unit to REMOTE
BSC:
ZWTJ:TCSA,<rack_coordinates>:PDFU=2;
ZWTC:TC2C_A,<cartridge coordinates>:;
ZWTU:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:1C2-0:;
ZWTP:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,0,<slot>::GENERAL,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,TS
L,1:REMOTE,<pcm_type>,<ater_pcm>,NO;
ZWUC:TCSM,<ater_pcm>:TR3E,<index>:;

Change the state of the TCSM to WO-EX (USC).


This command automatically changes the state of the TCSM LAPD link
to WO-EX. If the TCSM2 software does not exist or is different from that
in the BSC, it is downloaded in this phase.
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:SE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:TE;
ZUSC:<unit>,<index>:WO;

Check the state of the TCSM LAPD link (DTF).


ZDTF:TCSM,<unit index>:OMU;

The transcoder has less PCM types than the BSC has pools. This
results in the fact that when you are checking the PCM circuits from the
transcoder end, the PCM types are different than the pools in the BSC.

9.12

Creating the MTP


Create signalling links (NCC).

114 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

It is strongly recommended to have at least two signalling links in the A


interface. Furthermore, the links should not be controlled by the same
Base Station Controller Unit (BCSU).
ZNCC:<signalling link number>:<external PCM-TSL>,<link bit
rate>:BCSU,<unit number>:<parameter set number>;

Parameter

Explanation

Parameter set
number

ETSI: value 0 is recommended.


ANSI SS7: value 2 must be used.

Create the local signalling point code (NRP).


ZNRP:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>,<bsc
signalling point name>,SEP:STAND=<ss7 standard>:<number of spc
subfields>;

Parameter

Explanation

ss7 standard

ETSI: ITU-T is usually used.


ANSI: ANSI is recommended.

number of spc
subfields

ETSI: value 1 is usually used.


ANSI: value 3 is usually used.

Create the signaling link set (NSC) for control plane directly to MSS
ZNSC:<signalling network>,<msc signalling point code>,<msc
signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling link
code>;

The signalling link code of the signalling link must be the same as the
code of the corresponding link in the MSC. You can add up to four
signalling links to the signalling link set. Repeat the last three
parameters for each signalling link.
Create the signaling link set (NSC) Ater interface to MGW transparently
via MGW to MSC server
ZNSC:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>,<MGW
signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling link
code>;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

115 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

The parameters <signalling network> and <signalling point code> define


the network element where the signalling link set leads to.
Add links to the signalling link set (NSA).
This step is needed only if all the links were not added to the link set in
the previous step.
ZNSA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MGW signalling point code>,<MSC or
MGW signalling link set name>:<signalling link number>,<signalling
link code>;

Create the signalling route set (NRC) for control plane directly to MSS
ZNRC:<signalling network>,<msc signalling point code>,<msc
signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing
status>,<restriction status>:,,,0;

Parameter

Explanation

parameter set
number

Value 1 is recommended.ANSI: ANSI is


recommended.

load sharing status

D is recommended.

restriction status

R is recommended.

Create the signalling route set (NRC) for Ater interface to MGW
transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNRC:<signalling network>,<MGW signalling point code>,<MGW
signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing
status>,<restriction status>:,,,0;
ZNRC:<signalling network>,<MSS signalling point code>,<MSS
signalling point name>,<parameter set number>,<load sharing
status>,<restriction status>:<MGW signalling transfer point
code>,<MGW signalling transfer point name>,0;

The parameters <signalling transfer point code> and <signalling


transfer point name> are used when the created signalling route is
indirect, that is, the route goes via a signalling transfer point (STP).

116 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

Parameter

Explanation

parameter set
number

In STP configurations the 0 is


recommended
1 is for direct connections.

load sharing status

D is recommended.

restriction status

R is recommended with direct


connections
N for STP configurations.

Allow activation of the signalling links (NLA).


ZNLA:<signalling link numbers>;

Allow activation of the signalling route (NVA) for control plane directly to
MSS
ZNVA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS and MGW signalling point
code>:;

Allow activation of the signalling route (NVA) for Ater interface to MGW
transparently via MGW to MSC server
ZNVA:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS point code>:<signalling
network>,<MGW signalling point code>;

Change signalling link states (NLC).


ZNLC:<signalling link numbers>,ACT:;

Change route set state (NVC) for control plane directly to MSS
ZNVC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS and MGW signalling point
code>::ACT;

Change route set state (NVC) for Ater interface to MGW transparently
via MGW to MSC server
ZNVC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS point code>:<signalling
network>,<MGW signalling point code>:ACT;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

117 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

9.13

Creating the SCCP


The parameter values shown in the table apply in each step in this
procedure.
Parameter

Explanation

subsystem number

ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE

subsystem name

ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP

Create service (NPC).


ZNPC:<signalling_network>,03,SCCP:Y:Y,208,10F;

Define SCCP for the BSC's own signalling point (NFD).


ZNFD:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>,<signalling
point parameter set number>:<subsystem number>,<subsysten
name>,<subsystem parameter set number>,;

Parameter

Explanation

signalling point
parameter set
number

ETSI: value 1 is recommended.

subsystem number

ETSI: FE

ANSI: no recommended value.

ANSI: DE
subsystem name

ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP

subsystem
parameter set
number

ETSI: value 1 is recommended.


ANSI: no recommended value.

Define SCCP for the MSC or MSS signalling point (NFD).

118 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ZNFD:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point


code>,<signalling point parameter set number>:<subsystem
number>,<subsystem name>,<subsystem parameter set number>;

See the previous step for recommended parameter values.

Modify broadcast status of SCCP signalling points (OBM).


ZOBM:<signalling network>,<BSC signaling point code>,<subsystem
number>::Y;

Parameter

Explanation

subsystem number

ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE

subsystem name

ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP

Modify the local broadcast status of SCCP subsystems (OBC).


ZOBC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signaling point
code>,<subsystem number>::Y;

Parameter

Explanation

subsystem number

ETSI: FE
ANSI: DE

subsystem name

ETSI: BSSAP
ANSI: RSAP

Change the SCCP state at BSC side (NGC).


ZNGC:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point code>:ACT;

Change the SCCP state at MSC or MSS side (NGC).


ZNGC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point code>:ACT;

Change subsystem state at BSC side (NHC).

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

119 (173)

Equipping and installing


combined BSC/TCSM
installation with power
ON

ZNHC:<signalling network>,<bsc signalling point


code>:<subsystem>:ACT;

The value of the parameter subsystem is BSSAP in ETSI and RSAP


in ANSI.

Change subsystem state at MSC or MSS side (NHC).


ZNHC:<signalling network>,<MSC or MSS signalling point
code>:<subsystem>:ACT;

The value of the parameter subsystem is BSSAP in ETSI and RSAP


in ANSI.

9.14

Creating the speech channels


Speech circuits are used to carry the actual user data through the A
interface. One circuit is needed for each ongoing call.
Create a circuit group (RCC).
ZRCC:TYPE=CCS,NCGR=<ciruit group name>,CGR=<circuit group
number>:DIR=<direction>,NET=<signaling network>,SPC=<msc signalling
point code>,LSI=<line signalling>;

Note!
The circuit group name must have the same name as the one created
for MSC.
Parameter

Explanation

line signalling

DUMMY, AINA0, AINA1, AIIN0, AIIN1,


DSS01.

Add circuits to the circuit group (RCA).


ANSI:
ZRCA:NCGR=<circuit group
name>,ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuit(s)>,CIC=<circuit identification
code>,CICDIR=<direction of CIC>;

120 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Equipping and installing combined BSC/TCSM installation with power ON

ETSI:
In multiplexed cases:
ZRCA:NCGR=<circuit group name>:ETPCM=<etpcm>,
CRCT=<circuit(s)>,CRCTSTEP=1:CCSPCM=<number of PCM system>:;

In non-multiplexed cases:
ZRCA:CGR=1:ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuits>:CCSPCM=<number of PCM
system>:;

Change the state of the speech circuits (CEC).


Immediately after creation the circuits are in NU-US state. The state
must be changed to WO-EX before the circuits can be used.

ZCEC:ETPCM=<etpcm>,CRCT=<circuit>:<state>;
ZCEC:ETPCM=<circuit>,CRCT=<circuit>:WO;

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

121 (173)

Actions after upgrade &


Post conditions

10

Actions after upgrade & Post conditions

10.1

BSC configuration printout (post-check)


The information about the BSC configurations and conditions are
collected.
The checking can be made by using the macro (UPGMAIN.HIT) or
manually following the instructions from BSC configuration printoutdocument delivered in S14 Release Binder.
For macro execution, choose the BSC configuration printout step. Follow
then the macro execution according the BSC configuration printout
document.

10.2

Fallback copying of the current package


In this step fallback copy is made. By default, the macro creates the
fallback build (status FB) on the BSCs disk. Fallback can also be copied
to MO, DAT or USB if needed.
Manually, the fallback copying can be made following the document:
Safecopying in BSC. The document can be found from NED.

122 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11

Appendix

11.1

CLAB_S jumper settings

Standard settings of CLAB-S

11.1.1

Standard settings (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12)

Table: Standard settings of CLAB-S (W1, W3, W4, W5-7, W9, W11, W12)

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

123 (173)

Appendix

Jumper

Setting

Meaning

W1;1 - 2

ON

32 MHz clock signal of the processor is not disconnected

W3;2 - 3

ON

Automatic phase advance enabled (used in i-series NEs)

W4;2 - 3

ON

W12;1 - 2

ON

W5;1 - 2

ON

Watchdog enabled

W6;1 - 2

ON

The 32 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is not disconnected

W7;1 - 2

ON

The reset signal of the plug-in unit is not disconnected

W9;1 - 2

ON

The 64 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is not disconnected

W10;1 - 2

ON

The reset signal of the processor is not disconnected

W11;ALL

OFF

Used for testing of the phase lock circuit

11.1.2

Interchangeability code settings (W13)

Table: Interchangeability code settings of CLAB-S (W13)


ICC code

W13 settings
1-8 2-7 3-6 4-5

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF OFF ON

ON

124 (173)

OFF OFF ON

ON

ON

OFF

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

ICC code

W13 settings

OFF ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF ON

OFF

OFF OFF ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF OFF

OFF ON

OFF OFF

ON

11.2

OFF OFF OFF

CLAB_U jumper settings

Standard settings of CLAB-U

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

125 (173)

Appendix

11.2.1

Standard settings (W51, W66, W70, W74, W75, W82, W86)

Table: Standard settings of CLAB-U (W51, W66, W70, W73, W74, W75, W82, W86)

Jumper

Setting

Meaning

W51;1 - 4

ON

The reset signal of the plug-in unit is disconnected

W66;ALL

OFF

Used for testing of the phase lock circuit

W70;1 - 4

OFF

Flash is write protected

W71;1 - 2

OFF

Setting of phase advance: LD2 or TSR0A automatic setting of

W71;2 - 3

ON

phase advance

W72;1 - 2

OFF

Setting of phase advance: LD4 or TSR0B automatic setting of

W72;2 - 3

ON

phase advance

W74;1 - 4

ON

The 32 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is


connected

W75;1 - 4

ON

The 64 MHz output signal of the phase lock circuit is


connected

W82;1 - 4

ON

The processor is not in the reset state

W86;1 - 4

ON

32 MHz clock signal of the processor is connected

11.2.2

Interchangeability code settings (W73)

Table: Interchangeability code settings of CLAB-S (W73


ICC code

W73 settings
1-8 2-7 3-6 4-5

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF ON

ON

126 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

ICC code

W73 settings

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF ON

OFF

OFF OFF ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF OFF

OFF ON

OFF OFF

ON

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

OFF OFF ON

OFF OFF OFF

Nokia Siemens Networks

127 (173)

Appendix

11.3

ETS2 jumper settings

Figure: Jumpers and micro switches of the ETS2

11.3.1

Jumper W3 settings
The setting of the Jumper W3 is presented in the table below (W3). This jumper
is not set during normal operation.
Pins When not connected/when connected
1 6 External watchdog enabled / External watchdog disabled
2 5 Back plane connector JTAG selected / Emulator connector W4 JTAG selected
3 4 RSTCONF signal pulled low / RSTCONF signal connected to Vcc

128 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.3.2

Interchangeability settings SW1


The setting of the interchangeability code is presented in the table below
(SW1).
ICC code

Setting
45

3-6

2-7

1-8

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

11.3.3

Unit configuration settings


The unit configuration settings are presented in the table below (SW2).

Switch Default setting Function


1-8

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

OFF

Width of the HDLC link: OFF = 16x64 kbit/s, ON = 8x64 kbit/s

Nokia Siemens Networks

129 (173)

Appendix

2-7

OFF

Reserved for future use

3-6

OFF

Reserved for future use

4-5

OFF

Reserved for future use

11.4

SBMUX-A jumper settings

Figure: Connectors, micro switch and settings of the SBMUX-A.

The SBMUX-A has six micro switch packages with four switches each. The
switches are used for setting PCM mode, Serial Broadband Interface capacity
and Interchangeability code.

11.4.1

SBMUX-A jumper settings in combined BSC/TCSM installation


The following information is specifically for combined BSC/TCSM network
elements.

130 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.4.2

PCM mode settings (SW1)


4M/8M mode for serial buses R0...R31, T0...T31
4M/8M mode for serial buses R32...R63, T32...T63
Table: PCM mode settings on the SBMUX-A (SW1).

Switch Default setting

Function

Note

1-8

ON (8M)

8M mode selected: Internal


SBMUX-A PCM circuits 0
127 are connected through
R0R31, T0T31 serial
buses

Default setting for SBMUX-A in GTIC 2 /


combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02
and in GTIC 3 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14)
cartridge slots 01, 02

2-7

ON (8M)

8M mode selected: Internal


SBMUX-A PCM circuits 128
255 are connected
through R32R63, T32T63
serial buses.

Default setting for SBMUX-A in GTIC 2 /


combined BSC/TCSM (S14) cartridge slots 01, 02
and in GTIC 3 / combined BSC/TCSM (S14)
cartridge slots 01, 02

3-6

Reserved

4-5

Reserved

11.4.3

Interchangeability code settings (SW2)


The setting of the interchangeability code (ICC code) is presented in the table
below.
Table: Interchangeability settings on the SBMUX-A (SW2).

Switch Default setting Function


1-8

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 3

2-7

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 2

3-6

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 1

4-5

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 0

The table below presents the setting of the interchangeability code.


Table: Interchangeability code (ICC) settings (SW2).
ICC code

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Switch setting

Nokia Siemens Networks

131 (173)

Appendix

ICC code

Switch setting
Switch 1

Switch 2

Switch 3

Switch 4

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

The first interchangeability code A corresponds to all switches OFF, after which
the settings start to roll for each interchangeability code change.

11.4.4

Serial Broadband 1 Interface settings (SW3)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB1 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW3).
Switch

132 (173)

Function

Note

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

Switch
ON

ON

11.4.5

OFF

OFF

Function
PCM circuits 047 are connected
through Serial Broadband 1 interface.

Note
Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2
& 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation
(S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02

Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB2 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW4).
Switch

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

11.4.6

Function

PCM circuits 64127 are connected


through Serial Broadband 2 interface.

Note

Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2


& 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation
(S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02.

Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB3 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW5).
Switch

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

11.4.7

Function

PCM circuits 128191 are connected


through Serial Broadband 3 interface.

Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC


2 & 3 / combined BSC/TCSM
installation (S14) cartridge slots 01
and 02.

Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.
Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB4 settings on the SBMUX-A (SW6).

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

133 (173)

Appendix

Switch
1

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

Function

PCM circuits 192255 are connected


through Serial Broadband 4 interface.

11.5

SW256B jumper settings

11.5.1

PCM mode settings (SW1)

Note

Default setting for SBMUX-As in GTIC 2


& 3 / combined BSC/TCSM installation
(S14) cartridge slots 01 and 02.

The PCM mode set up is made with micro switches:

11.5.1.1

134 (173)

4M/8M mode for serial buses R0...R31, T0...T31

4M/8M mode for serial buses R32...R63, T32...T63

BSC part is BSC3i 1000

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

Table: PCM mode settings on the SW256B (SW1).


SW1
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4
SW256B 5
SW256B 6
SW256B 7

11.5.1.2

Slot
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08

11.5.1.3

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Note!
PCM 0-255 4M mode selected
PCM 256-511 4M mode selected
PCM 512-767 8M mode selected
PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected
PCM 1024-1279 4M mode selected
PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected
PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected
PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected

Switch
Slot
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08

1 (1-8)
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

2 (2-7)
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Note!
PCM 0-255 4M mode selected
PCM 256-511 8M mode selected
PCM 512-767 8M mode selected
PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected
PCM 1024-1279 8M mode selected
PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected
PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected
PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected

BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC

Switch

SW1
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4
SW256B 5
SW256B 6
SW256B 7

Switch
2 (2-7) 3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC

SW1
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4
SW256B 5
SW256B 6
SW256B 7

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON

Slot
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

2 (2-7)
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Note!
PCM 0-255 4M mode selected
PCM 256-511 4M mode selected
PCM 512-767 8M mode selected
PCM 768-1023 8M mode selected
PCM 1024-1279 8M mode selected
PCM 1280-1535 8M mode selected
PCM 1536-1791 8M mode selected
PCM 1792-2047 8M mode selected

Nokia Siemens Networks

135 (173)

Appendix

11.5.2

Interchangeability code settings (SW2)


The setting of the interchangeability code (ICC code) is presented in the table
below.

Table: Interchangeability settings on the SW256B (SW2).


Switch Default setting Function
1-8

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 3

2-7

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 2

3-6

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 1

4-5

OFF

Interchangeability code bit 0

The table below presents the setting of the interchangeability code.


Table: Interchangeability code (ICC) settings (SW2).
ICC code

Switch setting

Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4


A

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

The first interchangeability code A corresponds to all switches OFF, after


which the settings start to roll for each interchangeability code change.

136 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.5.3

Serial Broadband SB1 settings (SW3)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.

11.5.3.1

BSC part is BSC3i 1000

Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB1 settings on the SW256B (SW3).


SW3
Slot
01
02
03
04
05
06

Switch
2 (2-7) 3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF

Note!
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1327
connected to SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3
SW256B 6 07
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1583
connected to SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 03 or
interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 05 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4
SW256B 5

11.5.3.2

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC

Switch

SW3
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2

Slot
01
02
03

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF

2 (2-7)
OFF
OFF
OFF

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF

SW256B 3

04

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 4

05

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 5

06

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Note!
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 512-575 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 17 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 1
slot 13 connected.
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 768-831 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 15 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 11 connected.
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1024-1087 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 16 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 12 connected.
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1343 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 13 connected.

Nokia Siemens Networks

137 (173)

Appendix

B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in


GTIC 0 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 6 07
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1599 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 11 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 11 connected.
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 12 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 12 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.

11.5.3.3

BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC

Switch

SW3
Slot
01
02
03
04

Note!
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface is disabled
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 768-815 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1)
SW256B 4 05
ON **) ON **) OFF
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1024-1071 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2)
SW256B 5 06
ON **) ON **) OFF
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1280-1327 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0)
SW256B 6 07
ON **) ON **) OFF
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1536-1583 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0)
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB1 interface, PCM circuits 1792-1855 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 07 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 05 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
**) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3

11.5.4

138 (173)

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

2 (2-7)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Serial Broadband SB2 settings (SW4)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.5.4.1

BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC

Switch

SW4
Slot
01

Note!
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 64-127 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0 & 1
slot 10 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in GTIC 0
slot 10 connected.
SW256B 1 02
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SB2 interface is disabled
SW256B 2 03
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 576-639 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 17 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 3 04
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 832-895 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 15 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 11 connected.
SW256B 4 05
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1088-1151 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 16 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 12 connected.
SW256B 5 06
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1344-1407 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 13 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 13 connected.
SW256B 6 07
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1600-1663 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 11 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 11 connected..
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1856-1919 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 12 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 12 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
SW256B 0

11.5.4.2

1 (1-8)
OFF

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

3 (3-6)
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF

BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC

SW4
SW256B 0

2 (2-7)
OFF

Slot
01

Switch
1 (1-8)
OFF

2 (2-7)
OFF

3 (3-6)
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF

Note!
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 64-127 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 01 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in

Nokia Siemens Networks

139 (173)

Appendix

SW256B 1

02

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 2
SW256B 3

03
04

OFF
ON **)

OFF
ON **)

OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF

SW256B 4

05

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 5

06

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 6

07

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 7

08

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

GTIC 0 slot 01 connected.


C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 01 connected.
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 320-383 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 02 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 02 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 03 connected.
SB2 interface is disabled.
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 832-879 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1)
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1088-1151 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 03 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 03 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 05 connected.
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1344-1407 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 05 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 01 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 01 connected.
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1600-1663 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 05 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 01 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 02 connected.
SB2 interface, PCM circuits 1856-1919 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 07 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 06 connected.

*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
**) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.

140 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.5.5

Serial Broadband SB3 settings (SW5)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.

11.5.5.1

BSC part is BSC3i 1000

Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB3 settings on the SW256B (SW5).


SW5
Slot
01
02
03
04
05
06

Switch
2 (2-7) 3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON *)

Note!
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1471 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 04
or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 07 connected.
SW256B 6 07
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1727 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 02
or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected.
Selected if interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 04
or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1 slot 07 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4
SW256B 5

11.5.5.2

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC

Switch

SW5
Slot
01
02
03
04
05

Note!
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1152-1199 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2)
SW256B 5 06
ON **)
ON **)
OFF
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1455 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1)
SW256B 6 07
ON **)
ON **)
OFF
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1711 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 01 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0)
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 14 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 10 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
**) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

2 (2-7)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Nokia Siemens Networks

141 (173)

Appendix

A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.

11.5.5.3

BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC

SW5
Slot
01
02
03
04
05

Switch
1 (1-8)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

Note!
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface is disabled
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1152-1199 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2)
SW256B 5 06
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1408-1471 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 04 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 04 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 07 connected.
SW256B 6 07
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1664-1727 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 06 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 02 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 03 connected.
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB3 interface, PCM circuits 1920-1983 connected.
A. Selected if SB1 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 08 connected.
B. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 04 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 07 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
**) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
SW256B 0
SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4

11.5.6

2 (2-7)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

3 (3-6)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

4 (4-5)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Serial Broadband interface SB4 settings (SW6)


The setting of the Serial Broadband Interface capacity is presented in the table
below.

142 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.5.6.1

BSC part is BSC3i 1000

Table: Serial Broadband Interface SB4 settings on the SW256B (SW6).


SW6
Slot
01

Note!
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 01
or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 02
connected.
SW256B 1
02
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 448-511 connected.
Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 02
or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0 slot 04
connected.
SW256B 2
03
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SB4 interface is disabled
SW256B 3
04
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SB4 interface is disabled
SW256B 4
05
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1279
connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in
GTIC 0 slot 03 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0
slot 06 connected.
SW256B 5
06
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1535
connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in
GTIC 0 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 0
slot 08 connected.
SW256B 6
07
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1791
connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in
GTIC 1 slot 02 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1
slot 04 connected.
SW256B 7
08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047
connected. Selected if interface 1 of ETS2 in
GTIC 1 slot 04 or interface 0 of ETS2 in GTIC 1
slot 08 connected.
*) If ETS2 in not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
SW256B 0

11.5.6.2

1 (1-8)
OFF

Switch
2 (2-7)
3 (3-6)
OFF
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF

BSC part is new delivery Flexi BSC

Switch

SW6
SW256B 0

Slot
01

1 (1-8)
OFF

2 (2-7)
OFF

3 (3-6)
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF

SW256B 1
SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4

02
03
04
05

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON **)

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Note!
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 10 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 10 connected.
SB4 interface is disabled
SB4 interface is disabled
SB4 interface is disabled
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1263 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 8 & GTIC 9 (TC2C 2)

Nokia Siemens Networks

143 (173)

Appendix

SW256B 5

06

SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1519 connected to


SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 5 & GTIC 6 (TC2C 1)
SW256B 6 07
ON **)
ON **)
OFF
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1775 connected to
SBMUX-A in slot 02 of GTIC 2 & GTIC 3 (TC2C 0)
SW256B 7 08
OFF
OFF
ON *)
OFF
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 14 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 10 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
**) If SBMUX-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.

11.5.6.3

ON **)

ON **)

OFF

OFF

BSC part is upgraded Flexi BSC


Switch

SW6
SW256B 0

Slot
01

1 (1-8)
OFF

2 (2-7)
OFF

3 (3-6)
ON *)

4 (4-5)
OFF

SW256B 1

02

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 2
SW256B 3
SW256B 4

03
04
05

OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
OFF

OFF
OFF
ON *)

OFF
OFF
OFF

SW256B 5

06

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

SW256B 6

07

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

144 (173)

Note!
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 192-255 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 01 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 01 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 02 connected.
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 448-511 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 02 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 02 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 04 connected.
SB4 interface is disabled
SB4 interface is disabled
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1216-1279 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 03 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 03 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 06 connected.
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1472-1535 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 & 1 slot 04 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 04 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 0 slot 08 connected.
SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1728-1791 connected.
A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 06 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 02 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 04 connected.

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

SW256B 7

SB4 interface, PCM circuits 1984-2047 connected.


A. Selected if SB2 interfaces of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 & 0 slot 08 connected.
B. Selected if SB2 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 04 connected.
C. Selected if SB1 interface of ETS2/ETIP1-A in
GTIC 1 slot 08 connected.
*) If ETS2 or ETIP1-A is not connected in this PCM position, switch must be OFF
A. HW redundancy is in use.
B. Transmission redundancy is in use and full capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.
C. Transmission redundancy is in use and half capacity of ETS2 and/or ETIP1-A plug-in units is used.

11.6

08

OFF

OFF

ON *)

OFF

TR3E jumper settings

Jumpers for these standard settings are set at the factory, and normally there is no need to change
them.
Table: Interchangeability code settings of TR3E/A (W7)
ICC code

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

W7 settings

Nokia Siemens Networks

145 (173)

Appendix

ICC code

W7 settings
1-8 2-7 3-6 4-5

ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

ON ON
ON

ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

OFF ON

ON

OFF OFF OFF ON

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF ON

OFF

OFF OFF ON

OFF

ON

ON

OFF OFF

OFF ON

OFF OFF

ON

11.7

146 (173)

OFF OFF ON

OFF OFF OFF

TR3T jumper setting

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

There are two pin bars:


1 Interchangeability pin header; is the 2x4 pin bar located in the up
side of the picture (red).

Bit 0 on position 1 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.

Bit 1 on position 1 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.

Bit 2 on position 1 6: Not used in the actual version, leave open.

Bit 3 on position 1 6. : Not used in the actual version, leave open.

2 - Operating mode pin header; is the 2x3 pin bar located in the down
part of the picture (red).

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

No jumpers: Unit works as a transcoder and in ETSI mode

Jumper on position 1 6: Unit works as a transcoder and in ANSI mode.


Default open.

Nokia Siemens Networks

147 (173)

Appendix

11.8

Ater

From
GSW2KB

Dec

SW256B

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

1289

148 (173)

Jumper on position 2 5: Not used in the actual version, leave open.

Jumper on position 3 4: CPLD downloading with ispdownload is enabled.


Default open.

Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 &


Upgraded Flexi BSC (ANSI)

PCM

1280

SW10CA

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

To

TCSM3i

GTIC

FU

PIU +
Ind

ETS2
Slot

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

TR3E
unit&

TC2C
cartridge

Note

Track
info

Index

ETs
33923396

0,1

TC2C-0

ETs
33973401

1,2

TC2C-0

ETs
34023406

2,3

TC2C-0

ETs
34073411

3,4

TC2C-0

ETs
34123416

4,5

TC2C-0

ETs
34173421

5,6

TC2C-0

ETs
34223426

6,7

TC2C-0

ETs
34273431

7,8

TC2C-0

ETs
34323436

8,9

TC2C-0

ETs
34373441

9,10

TC2C-0

HOTLINK

Position
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

Use (Time slots)


IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 128 & 129


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
34423446

10,11

TC2C-0

ETs
34473451

11,12

TC2C-0

ETs
34523456

12,13

TC2C-0

ETs
34573461

13,14

TC2C-0

ETs
34623466

14,15

TC2C-0

ETs
34673471

15,16

TC2C-0

ETs
34763480

0,1

TC2C-1

ETs
34813485

1,2

TC2C-1

ETs
34863490

2,3

TC2C-1

ETs
34913495

3,4

TC2C-1

ETs
34963500

4,5

TC2C-1

ETs
35013505

5,6

TC2C-1

ETs
35063510

6,7

TC2C-1

ETs
35113515

7,8

TC2C-1

ETs
35163520

8,9

TC2C-1

ETs
35213525

9,10

TC2C-1

149 (173)

Appendix

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

150 (173)

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 130 & 131


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
35263530

10,11

TC2C-1

ETs
35313535

11,12

TC2C-1

ETs
35363540

12,13

TC2C-1

ETs
35413545

13,14

TC2C-1

ETs
35463550

14,15

TC2C-1

ETs
35513555

15,16

TC2C-1

ETs
35603564

0,1

TC2C-2

ETs
35653569

1,2

TC2C-2

ETs
35703574

2,3

TC2C-2

ETs
35753579

3,4

TC2C-2

ETs
35803584

4,5

TC2C-2

ETs
35853589

5,6

TC2C-2

ETs
35903594

6,7

TC2C-2

ETs
35953599

7,8

TC2C-2

ETs
36003604

8,9

TC2C-2

ETs
36053609

9,10

TC2C-2

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1536

1537

1538

1539

1540

1541

1542

1543

1544

1545

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

IF 0/SET 136 & 137


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
36103614

10,11

TC2C-2

ETs
36153619

11,12

TC2C-2

ETs
36203624

12,13

TC2C-2

ETs
36253629

13,14

TC2C-2

ETs
36303634

14,15

TC2C-2

ETs
36353639

15,16

TC2C-2

ETs
36443648

0,1

TC2C-3

ETs
36493653

1,2

TC2C-3

ETs
36543658

2,3

TC2C-3

ETs
36593663

3,4

TC2C-3

ETs
36643668

4,5

TC2C-3

ETs
36693673

5,6

TC2C-3

ETs
36743678

6,7

TC2C-3

ETs
36793683

7,8

TC2C-3

ETs
36843688

8,9

TC2C-3

ETs
36893693

9,10

TC2C-3

151 (173)

Appendix

1546

1547

1548

1549

1550

1551

1552

1553

1554

1555

1556

1557

1558

1559

1560

1561

152 (173)

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 144 & 145


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
36943698

10,11

TC2C-3

ETs
36993703

11,12

TC2C-3

ETs
37043708

12,13

TC2C-3

ETs
37093713

13,14

TC2C-3

ETs
37143718

14,15

TC2C-3

ETs
37193723

15,16

TC2C-3

ETs
37283732

0,1

TC2C-4

ETs
37333737

1,2

TC2C-4

ETs
37383742

2,3

TC2C-4

ETs
37433747

3,4

TC2C-4

ETs
37483752

4,5

TC2C-4

ETs
37533757

5,6

TC2C-4

ETs
37583762

6,7

TC2C-4

ETs
37633767

7,8

TC2C-4

ETs
37683772

8,9

TC2C-4

ETs
37733777

9,10

TC2C-4

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1562

1563

1564

1565

1566

1567

1568

1569

1570

1571

1572

1573

1574

1575

1576

1577

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 146 & 147


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
37783782

10,11

TC2C-4

ETs
37833787

11,12

TC2C-4

ETs
37883792

12,13

TC2C-4

ETs
37933797

13,14

TC2C-4

ETs
37983802

14,15

TC2C-4

ETs
38033807

15,16

TC2C-4

ETs
38123816

0,1

TC2C-5

ETs
38173821

1,2

TC2C-5

ETs
38223826

2,3

TC2C-5

ETs
38273831

3,4

TC2C-5

ETs
38323836

4,5

TC2C-5

ETs
38373841

5,6

TC2C-5

ETs
38423846

6,7

TC2C-5

ETs
38473851

7,8

TC2C-5

ETs
38523856

8,9

TC2C-5

ETs
38573861

9,10

TC2C-5

153 (173)

Appendix

1578

1579

1580

1581

1582

1583

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

11.9

PCM
Dec

SW256B

1664

1665

1666

1667

1668

1669

154 (173)

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

IF 0/SET 152 & 153


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3

ETs
38623866

10,11

TC2C-5

ETs
38673871

11,12

TC2C-5

ETs
38723876

12,13

TC2C-5

ETs
38773881

13,14

TC2C-5

ETs
38823886

14,15

TC2C-5

ETs
38873891

15,16

TC2C-5

Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery


Flexi BSC (ANSI)

From
GSW2KBA

Ater

ET

STMU
38

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

SGC1CA

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

To

TCSM3i

GTIC

FU

PIU +
Ind

ETS2
Slot

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

TR3E
unit&

TC2C
cartridge

Note

Track
info

Index

ETs
33923396

0,1

TC2C-0

ETs
33973401

1,2

TC2C-0

ETs
34023406

2,3

TC2C-0

ETs
34073411

3,4

TC2C-0

ETs
34123416

4,5

TC2C-0

ETs
34173421

5,6

TC2C-0

HOTLINK
Position
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

Use (Time slots)


IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1670

1671

1672

1673

1674

1675

1676

1677

1678

1679

1680

1681

1682

1683

1684

1685

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 128 & 129


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
34223426

6,7

TC2C-0

ETs
34273431

7,8

TC2C-0

ETs
34323436

8,9

TC2C-0

ETs
34373441

9,10

TC2C-0

ETs
34423446

10,11

TC2C-0

ETs
34473451

11,12

TC2C-0

ETs
34523456

12,13

TC2C-0

ETs
34573461

13,14

TC2C-0

ETs
34623466

14,15

TC2C-0

ETs
34673471

15,16

TC2C-0

ETs
34763480

0,1

TC2C-1

ETs
34813485

1,2

TC2C-1

ETs
34863490

2,3

TC2C-1

ETs
34913495

3,4

TC2C-1

ETs
34963500

4,5

TC2C-1

ETs
35013505

5,6

TC2C-1

155 (173)

Appendix

1686

1687

1688

1689

1690

1691

1692

1693

1694

1695

1696

1697

1698

1699

1700

1701

156 (173)

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 130 & 131


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
35063510

6,7

TC2C-1

ETs
35113515

7,8

TC2C-1

ETs
35163520

8,9

TC2C-1

ETs
35213525

9,10

TC2C-1

ETs
35263530

10,11

TC2C-1

ETs
35313535

11,12

TC2C-1

ETs
35363540

12,13

TC2C-1

ETs
35413545

13,14

TC2C-1

ETs
35463550

14,15

TC2C-1

ETs
35513555

15,16

TC2C-1

ETs
35603564

0,1

TC2C-2

ETs
35653569

1,2

TC2C-2

ETs
35703574

2,3

TC2C-2

ETs
35753579

3,4

TC2C-2

ETs
35803584

4,5

TC2C-2

ETs
35853589

5,6

TC2C-2

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1702

1703

1704

1705

1706

1707

1708

1709

1710

1711

1728

1729

1730

1731

1732

1733

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
06.SB10

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

IF 0/SET 136 & 137


(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-23);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
35903594

6,7

TC2C-2

ETs
35953599

7,8

TC2C-2

ETs
36003604

8,9

TC2C-2

ETs
36053609

9,10

TC2C-2

ETs
36103614

10,11

TC2C-2

ETs
36153619

11,12

TC2C-2

ETs
36203624

12,13

TC2C-2

ETs
36253629

13,14

TC2C-2

ETs
36303634

14,15

TC2C-2

ETs
36353639

15,16

TC2C-2

ETs
36443648

0,1

TC2C-3

ETs
36493653

1,2

TC2C-3

ETs
36543658

2,3

TC2C-3

ETs
36593663

3,4

TC2C-3

ETs
36643668

4,5

TC2C-3

ETs
36693673

5,6

TC2C-3

157 (173)

Appendix

1734

1735

1736

1737

1738

1739

1740

1741

1742

1743

1744

1745

1746

1747

1748

1749

158 (173)

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 144 & 145


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
36743678

6,7

TC2C-3

ETs
36793683

7,8

TC2C-3

ETs
36843688

8,9

TC2C-3

ETs
36893693

9,10

TC2C-3

ETs
36943698

10,11

TC2C-3

ETs
36993703

11,12

TC2C-3

ETs
37043708

12,13

TC2C-3

ETs
37093713

13,14

TC2C-3

ETs
37143718

14,15

TC2C-3

ETs
37193723

15,16

TC2C-3

ETs
37283732

0,1

TC2C-4

ETs
37333737

1,2

TC2C-4

ETs
37383742

2,3

TC2C-4

ETs
37433747

3,4

TC2C-4

ETs
37483752

4,5

TC2C-4

ETs
37533757

5,6

TC2C-4

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1750

1751

1752

1753

1754

1755

1756

1757

1758

1759

1760

1761

1762

1763

1764

1765

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 146 & 147


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
37583762

6,7

TC2C-4

ETs
37633767

7,8

TC2C-4

ETs
37683772

8,9

TC2C-4

ETs
37733777

9,10

TC2C-4

ETs
37783782

10,11

TC2C-4

ETs
37833787

11,12

TC2C-4

ETs
37883792

12,13

TC2C-4

ETs
37933797

13,14

TC2C-4

ETs
37983802

14,15

TC2C-4

ETs
38033807

15,16

TC2C-4

ETs
38123816

0,1

TC2C-5

ETs
38173821

1,2

TC2C-5

ETs
38223826

2,3

TC2C-5

ETs
38273831

3,4

TC2C-5

ETs
38323836

4,5

TC2C-5

ETs
38373841

5,6

TC2C-5

159 (173)

Appendix

1766

1767

1768

1769

1770

1771

1772

1773

1774

1775

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

F
07.SB40

11.10
Ater

From
GSW2KB

Dec

SW256B

1281

160 (173)

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

IF 0/SET 152 & 153


(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-23);
GTIC 3

ETs
38423846

6,7

TC2C-5

ETs
38473851

7,8

TC2C-5

ETs
38523856

8,9

TC2C-5

ETs
38573861

9,10

TC2C-5

ETs
38623866

10,11

TC2C-5

ETs
38673871

11,12

TC2C-5

ETs
38723876

12,13

TC2C-5

ETs
38773881

13,14

TC2C-5

ETs
38823886

14,15

TC2C-5

ETs
38873891

15,16

TC2C-5

Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in BSC3i 1000 &


Upgraded Flexi BSC (ETSI)

PCM

1280

ET

STMU
38

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

SW10CA

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

To

TCSM3i

GTIC

FU

PIU +
Ind

ETS2
Slot

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

TR3E
unit&

TC2C
cartridge

Note

Track
info

Index

ETs
33923395

0,1

TC2C-0

ETs
33963399

1,2

TC2C-0

HOTLINK
Position
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

Use (Time slots)


IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

1289

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 128 & 129


(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
34003403

2,3

TC2C-0

ETs
34043407

3,4

TC2C-0

ETs
34083411

4,5

TC2C-0

ETs
34123415

5,6

TC2C-0

ETs
34163419

6,7

TC2C-0

ETs
34203423

7,8

TC2C-0

ETs
34243427

8,9

TC2C-0

ETs
34283431

9,10

TC2C-0

ETs
34323435

10,11

TC2C-0

ETs
34363439

11,12

TC2C-0

ETs
34403443

12,13

TC2C-0

ETs
34443447

13,14

TC2C-0

ETs
34483451

14,15

TC2C-0

ETs
34523454

15,16

TC2C-0

ETs
34563459

0,1

TC2C-1

ETs
34603463

1,2

TC2C-1

161 (173)

Appendix

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

162 (173)

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 130 & 131


(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
34643467

2,3

TC2C-1

ETs
34683471

3,4

TC2C-1

ETs
34723475

4,5

TC2C-1

ETs
34763479

5,6

TC2C-1

ETs
34803483

6,7

TC2C-1

ETs
34843487

7,8

TC2C-1

ETs
34883491

8,9

TC2C-1

ETs
34923495

9,10

TC2C-1

ETs
34963499

10,11

TC2C-1

ETs
35003503

11,12

TC2C-1

ETs
35043507

12,13

TC2C-1

ETs
35083511

13,14

TC2C-1

ETs
35123515

14,15

TC2C-1

ETs
35163518

15,16

TC2C-1

ETs
35203523

0,1

TC2C-2

ETs
35243527

1,2

TC2C-2

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1536

1537

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
06.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
34

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

IF 0/SET 136 & 137


(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
35283531

2,3

TC2C-2

ETs
35323535

3,4

TC2C-2

ETs
35363539

4,5

TC2C-2

ETs
35403543

5,6

TC2C-2

ETs
35443547

6,7

TC2C-2

ETs
35483551

7,8

TC2C-2

ETs
35523555

8,9

TC2C-2

ETs
35563559

9,10

TC2C-2

ETs
35603563

10,11

TC2C-2

ETs
35643567

11,12

TC2C-2

ETs
35683571

12,13

TC2C-2

ETs
35723575

13,14

TC2C-2

ETs
35763579

14,15

TC2C-2

ETs
35803582

15,16

TC2C-2

ETs
35843587

0,1

TC2C-3

ETs
35883591

1,2

TC2C-3

163 (173)

Appendix

1538

1539

1540

1541

1542

1543

1544

1545

1546

1547

1548

1549

1550

1551

1552

1553

164 (173)

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

IF 0/SET 144 & 145


(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
35923595

2,3

TC2C-3

ETs
35963599

3,4

TC2C-3

ETs
36003603

4,5

TC2C-3

ETs
36043607

5,6

TC2C-3

ETs
36083611

6,7

TC2C-3

ETs
36123615

7,8

TC2C-3

ETs
36163619

8,9

TC2C-3

ETs
36203623

9,10

TC2C-3

ETs
36243627

10,11

TC2C-3

ETs
36283631

11,12

TC2C-3

ETs
36323635

12,13

TC2C-3

ETs
36363639

13,14

TC2C-3

ETs
36403643

14,15

TC2C-3

ETs
36443646

15,16

TC2C-3

ETs
36483651

0,1

TC2C-4

ETs
36523655

1,2

TC2C-4

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1554

1555

1556

1557

1558

1559

1560

1561

1562

1563

1564

1565

1566

1567

1568

1569

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
36

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 1/SET 146 & 147


(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
36563659

2,3

TC2C-4

ETs
36603663

3,4

TC2C-4

ETs
36643667

4,5

TC2C-4

ETs
36683671

5,6

TC2C-4

ETs
36723675

6,7

TC2C-4

ETs
36763679

7,8

TC2C-4

ETs
36803683

8,9

TC2C-4

ETs
36843687

9,10

TC2C-4

ETs
36883691

10,11

TC2C-4

ETs
36923695

11,12

TC2C-4

ETs
36963699

12,13

TC2C-4

ETs
37003703

13,14

TC2C-4

ETs
37043707

14,15

TC2C-4

ETs
37083710

15,16

TC2C-4

ETs
37123715

0,1

TC2C-5

ETs
37163719

1,2

TC2C-5

165 (173)

Appendix

1570

1571

1572

1573

1574

1575

1576

1577

1578

1579

1580

1581

1582

1583

166 (173)

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

F
07.SB10

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

ET

STMU
38

F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

IF 0/SET 152 & 153


(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

ETs
37203723

2,3

TC2C-5

ETs
37243727

3,4

TC2C-5

ETs
37283731

4,5

TC2C-5

ETs
37323735

5,6

TC2C-5

ETs
37363739

6,7

TC2C-5

ETs
37403743

7,8

TC2C-5

ETs
37443747

8,9

TC2C-5

ETs
37483751

9,10

TC2C-5

ETs
37523755

10,11

TC2C-5

ETs
37563759

11,12

TC2C-5

ETs
37603763

12,13

TC2C-5

ETs
37643767

13,14

TC2C-5

ETs
37683771

14,15

TC2C-5

ETs
37723774

15,16

TC2C-5

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

11.11

Appendix: TCSA-0 cabinet in case of New delivery


Flexi BSC (ETSI)

PCM

From
GSW2KBA

Dec

SW256B

Ater

SGC1CA

TCSM3i

GTIC

FU

PIU +
Ind

ETS2
Slot

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

ET

STMU
32

Position
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

F
07.SB30

1676

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

1677

ET

STMU

1664

1665

1666

1667

1668

1669

1670

1671

1672

1673

1674

1675

TR3E
unit&

TC2C
cartridge

Note

Track
info

Index

ETs
33923395

0,1

TC2C-0

ETs
33963399

1,2

TC2C-0

ETs
34003403

2,3

TC2C-0

ETs
34043407

3,4

TC2C-0

ETs
34083411

4,5

TC2C-0

ETs
34123415

5,6

TC2C-0

ETs
34163419

6,7

TC2C-0

ETs
34203423

7,8

TC2C-0

ETs
34243427

8,9

TC2C-0

ETs
34283431

9,10

TC2C-0

ETs
34323435

10,11

TC2C-0

ETs
34363439

11,12

TC2C-0

ETs
34403443

12,13

TC2C-0

ETs

13,14

TC2C-0

HOTLINK

To

Use (Time slots)


IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

167 (173)

Appendix

07.SB30

32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

1692

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

1693

ET

STMU

1678

1679

1680

1681

1682

1683

1684

1685

1686

1687

1688

1689

1690

1691

(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 128 & 129
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2

34443447
ETs
34483451

14,15

TC2C-0

ETs
34523454

15,16

TC2C-0

ETs
34563459

0,1

TC2C-1

ETs
34603463

1,2

TC2C-1

ETs
34643467

2,3

TC2C-1

ETs
34683471

3,4

TC2C-1

ETs
34723475

4,5

TC2C-1

ETs
34763479

5,6

TC2C-1

ETs
34803483

6,7

TC2C-1

ETs
34843487

7,8

TC2C-1

ETs
34883491

8,9

TC2C-1

ETs
34923495

9,10

TC2C-1

ETs
34963499

10,11

TC2C-1

ETs
35003503

11,12

TC2C-1

ETs
35043507

12,13

TC2C-1

ETs

13,14

TC2C-1

IF 1/SET 130 & 131

168 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

07.SB30

32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
32

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
06.SB10

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

1708

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

1709

ET

STMU

1694

1695

1696

1697

1698

1699

1700

1701

1702

1703

1704

1705

1706

1707

(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 1/SET 130 & 131
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2

35083511
ETs
35123515

14,15

TC2C-1

ETs
35163518

15,16

TC2C-1

ETs
35203523

0,1

TC2C-2

ETs
35243527

1,2

TC2C-2

ETs
35283531

2,3

TC2C-2

ETs
35323535

3,4

TC2C-2

ETs
35363539

4,5

TC2C-2

ETs
35403543

5,6

TC2C-2

ETs
35443547

6,7

TC2C-2

ETs
35483551

7,8

TC2C-2

ETs
35523555

8,9

TC2C-2

ETs
35563559

9,10

TC2C-2

ETs
35603563

10,11

TC2C-2

ETs
35643567

11,12

TC2C-2

ETs
35683571

12,13

TC2C-2

ETs

13,14

TC2C-2

IF 0/SET 136 & 137

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

169 (173)

Appendix

07.SB30

34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB30

ET

STMU
34

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

1740

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1

1741

ET

STMU

1710

1711

1728

1729

1730

1731

1732

1733

1734

1735

1736

1737

1738

1739

(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 136 & 137
(1-30);
GTIC 2
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3

35723575
ETs
35763579

14,15

TC2C-2

ETs
35803582

15,16

TC2C-2

ETs
35843587

0,1

TC2C-3

ETs
35883591

1,2

TC2C-3

ETs
35923595

2,3

TC2C-3

ETs
35963599

3,4

TC2C-3

ETs
36003603

4,5

TC2C-3

ETs
36043607

5,6

TC2C-3

ETs
36083611

6,7

TC2C-3

ETs
36123615

7,8

TC2C-3

ETs
36163619

8,9

TC2C-3

ETs
36203623

9,10

TC2C-3

ETs
36243627

10,11

TC2C-3

ETs
36283631

11,12

TC2C-3

ETs
36323635

12,13

TC2C-3

ETs

13,14

TC2C-3

IF 0/SET 144 & 145

170 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

07.SB40

36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

1756

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB1-0
/F
05.SB1-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1

1757

ET

STMU

1742

1743

1744

1745

1746

1747

1748

1749

1750

1751

1752

1753

1754

1755

(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 144 & 145
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3

36363639
ETs
36403643

14,15

TC2C-3

ETs
36443646

15,16

TC2C-3

ETs
36483651

0,1

TC2C-4

ETs
36523655

1,2

TC2C-4

ETs
36563659

2,3

TC2C-4

ETs
36603663

3,4

TC2C-4

ETs
36643667

4,5

TC2C-4

ETs
36683671

5,6

TC2C-4

ETs
36723675

6,7

TC2C-4

ETs
36763679

7,8

TC2C-4

ETs
36803683

8,9

TC2C-4

ETs
36843687

9,10

TC2C-4

ETs
36883691

10,11

TC2C-4

ETs
36923695

11,12

TC2C-4

ETs
36963699

12,13

TC2C-4

ETs

13,14

TC2C-4

IF 1/SET 146 & 147

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Nokia Siemens Networks

171 (173)

Appendix

07.SB40

36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
36

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

1772

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
05.SB2-0
/F
05.SB2-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

1773

ET

STMU

1758

1759

1760

1761

1762

1763

1764

1765

1766

1767

1768

1769

1770

1771

(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 1/SET 146 & 147
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3

37003703
ETs
37043707

14,15

TC2C-4

ETs
37083710

15,16

TC2C-4

ETs
37123715

0,1

TC2C-5

ETs
37163719

1,2

TC2C-5

ETs
37203723

2,3

TC2C-5

ETs
37243727

3,4

TC2C-5

ETs
37283731

4,5

TC2C-5

ETs
37323735

5,6

TC2C-5

ETs
37363739

6,7

TC2C-5

ETs
37403743

7,8

TC2C-5

ETs
37443747

8,9

TC2C-5

ETs
37483751

9,10

TC2C-5

ETs
37523755

10,11

TC2C-5

ETs
37563759

11,12

TC2C-5

ETs
37603763

12,13

TC2C-5

ETs

13,14

TC2C-5

IF 0/SET 152 & 153

172 (173)

Nokia Siemens Networks

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

Appendix

1774

1775

DN0816178
Issue 1.15-0

07.SB40

38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

F
07.SB40

ET

STMU
38

06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1
F
06.SB1-0
/F
06.SB1-1

(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3
IF 0/SET 152 & 153
(1-30);
GTIC 3

Nokia Siemens Networks

37643767
ETs
37683771

14,15

TC2C-5

ETs
37723774

15,16

TC2C-5

173 (173)